Quarterlytics / Consumer Defensive / Packaged Foods / Post

Post

post · NYSE Consumer Defensive
Claim this profile
Ticker post
Exchange NYSE
Sector Consumer Defensive
Industry Packaged Foods
Employees 5001-10,000
← All annual reports
FY2017 Annual Report · Post
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
NEW
HORIZONS

Post Holdings, Inc. 2017 Annual Report

Net Sales by Category

Post Consumer Brands

35%

Weetabix

Active Nutrition

2%

14%

Private Brands

8%

pasta 

5%

branded potatoes  
and cheese

9%

Michael Foods Group

value-added  
egg products

27%

Net Sales   
($ in millions)

Adjusted EBITDA(1)   
($ in millions)

Operating Cash Flow   
($ in millions)

$6,000

$4,000

$2,000

$0

.

1
4
3
0
1

,

.

8
6
2
0
5

,

.

8
5
2
2
5

,

$1,200

$800

$400

$0

.

1
9
8
9

.

9
3
3
9

.

4
7
5
6

.

7
6
1
2

.

5
4
4
3

$600

$400

$200

$0

.

1
4
8

.

0
3
6
1

.

4
2
0
5

.

6
1
5
4

.

7
6
8
3

.

2
8
4
6
4

,

.

1
1
1
4
2

,

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

2013

2014

2015

2016

2017

Financial Highlights  
(in millions except per share data)

Net Sales

Gross Profit

Operating Profit (Loss)

Net Earnings (Loss) Available to Common Stockholders

20 1 3

20 1 4

20 1 5

20 1 6

20 1 7

 $ 1,034.1 

 $ 2,411.1 

 $ 4,648.2 

 $ 5,026.8 

 $ 5,225.8 

 424.9 

 107.8 

 9.8 

 621.2 

 1,174.4 

 1,547.4 

 1,574.1 

 (207.7)

 (358.6)

 212.7 

 (132.3)

 545.7 

 (28.4)

 520.3 

 34.8 

Diluted Net Earnings (Loss) per Common Share

 $       0.30 

 $     (9.03)

 $     (2.33)

 $     (0.41)

 $       0.50 

Operating Cash Flow

Adjusted EBITDA(1)

Adjusted Net Earnings (Loss) Available to Common Stockholders(1)

84.1 

 216.7 

 31.1 

 163.0 

 344.5 

 (16.6)

 451.6 

 657.4 

 35.7 

 502.4 

 933.9 

 205.8 

 386.7 

 989.1 

 211.0 

Adjusted Diluted Net Earnings (Loss) per Common Share(1)

 $       0.94 

 $     (0.42)

 $       0.62 

 $       2.59 

 $       2.67 

Post Holdings, Inc. 2017 Annual Report    1

To Our Shareholders

Post had another strong year in 2017.  
Once again, we delivered record revenue  
and Adjusted EBITDA(1). We are particularly 
proud of this accomplishment despite 
challenging year-over-year comparisons. 
Moreover, our results were set against 
a backdrop of rapid change in both our 
consumers and our trade partners. In fact, 
2017 may prove to be a demarcation point in 
the way we think about channel management 
and consumer behavior.

2    Post Holdings, Inc. 2017 Annual Report

19.1% 

dollar market share in  
the U.S. ready-to-eat 
cereal category

#1 

provider of foodservice  
value-added eggs

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group

Perhaps the guiding principle behind 
Post Holdings is to be wary of guiding 
principles. This fosters a culture of 
opportunism well suited to rapid 
change and renewal. The environment 
we face is exciting — and we believe we 
are well positioned.

In addition to growing our base 
business in 2017, we were active on 
the strategic front. Specifically, we 
acquired one attractive business,  
Weetabix, and announced the acqui-
sition of a second, Bob Evans Farms. 
Both are of a scale that will add 
materially to our company. Meanwhile, 
and despite committing over $3 billion 
to operating assets, we also shrank our 
equity by repurchasing 4 million shares 
for a total of $318 million. 

Post Consumer Brands
Our Post Consumer Brands business 
remains by market share the number 
three participant in the U.S. ready-
to-eat (RTE) cereal category, with 
category dollar share growing to 
19.1%(2). The RTE cereal category 
continued to struggle in 2017, with 
dollar consumption declines of 3.1%(2). 
We estimate that approximately one 

Perhaps the guiding 
principle behind Post 
Holdings is to be wary of 
guiding principles.  

—

percentage point of the category  
decline is offset by a shift to unmea-
sured channels. The most significant 
declines occurred in the adult segment 
where consumers are seeking greater 
protein consumption. A benefit of 
our portfolio approach is that these 
consumers are driving growth in other 
segments of our business. Meanwhile, 
children’s cereals fared better with a 
decline of 1.2%(2). Our business tends  
to skew to children’s cereals. 

Post Consumer Brands was formed 

from the 2015 combination of Post 
Foods and MOM Brands. We are in  
the final stages of the combination 
and we have exceeded each of our 
announced goals. In 2017, we added  

Weetabix’s North America business  
to Post Consumer Brands. We expect 
this combination and our ongoing 
continuous improvement efforts to 
drive meaningful cost reduction in  
this segment. 

Michael Foods Group
Last year we told you that 2017 would 
be a challenging year for Michael 
Foods and it was. Michael Foods is a 
terrific business in a solid category. 
However, it has certainly been a 
volatile ride since we acquired this 
business in 2014. Recall, in 2015 an 
avian influenza epidemic — generational 
in degree — caused the loss of approx-
imately 25% of our egg laying hen 
supply. As of yet, we cannot make eggs 
without chickens. Without treading too 
much old ground, suffice to say that 
the impact of losing and repopulating 
flocks led to price volatility which led 
to earnings volatility. That is not the 
steady state for Michael Foods. Histor-
ically, it has had consistent earnings 
growth and we look for that to resume 
as we exit 2017. We are extremely 
proud of how we managed this crisis 
and communicated the degree to 

Post Holdings, Inc. 2017 Annual Report    3

50% 

Premier Protein net sales 
growth in fiscal 2017

Active Nutrition

which it would produce a hangover 
throughout 2017. We look forward to a 
return to normal.  

Michael Foods is the largest proces-

sor of value-added eggs in the United 
States. As a result, the long term 
humane care of the layer flock is of 
critical importance to us. We are also 
the largest provider of value-added 
eggs from layers housed on cage-free 
farms. In 2017, we broadened our 
commitment to cage-free housing by 
investing an initial $27 million to con-
vert our Bloomfield, Nebraska facility 
to a cage-free facility. We expect to 
continue to invest in cage-free hen 
housing over the coming years. 

Active Nutrition
Our Premier Protein brand, the center 
of our Active Nutrition segment, con-
tinued to deliver terrific results with 
revenues and volumes growing rapidly. 
We continued to gain distribution in 
2017 and velocities remain strong. The 
brand continues to have great future 
growth opportunities. PowerBar was 
acquired in 2015 and we continue to 
work on renovating this brand. We 
introduced new products and flavors  

to mixed results. Meanwhile, legacy 
core products suffered distribution 
losses from new entrants. We continue 
to believe in the brand’s equity and we 
are more boldly innovating around it. 
Our Dymatize business has stabilized —  
albeit at a level that does not support 
the price we paid for it. Weakness in its 
core channels have made growing the 
business a challenge.

Private Brands
Our Private Brands business includes 
North America’s leading manufacturer 
of private label peanut and tree nut 
butters as well as a dried fruit and nut 
business. Each of these businesses 
is attractively positioned in on-trend 

—

Weetabix is our first 
major international 
expansion platform. 

categories. After a slow start, we 
course corrected and had a solid  
2017. Our business is well positioned 
with respect to major trends around 
health and private brand initiatives. 

Strategic Activities
In addition to these key operational 
achievements, Post broadened its 
portfolio through two highly strategic 
transactions. First, in July we  
acquired Weetabix Limited. Weetabix 
is the second largest cereal manu-
facturer in the United Kingdom and 
its flagship and truly iconic Weetabix 
brand is Great Britain's largest single 
cereal brand. 

While we have smaller international  

business opportunities in the rest of  
our business, Weetabix is our first  
major international expansion plat-
form. We believe it to have been the 
ideal first step. In considering interna-
tional expansion our calculus was,  
and remains, that we are willing to risk 
the learning curve that comes with a 
new category or a new market — but 
not both. With Weetabix, we are a new 
entrant to the U.K. market, but in a 
category we know well. We believe 

 
4    Post Holdings, Inc. 2017 Annual Report

10% 

volume growth of organic 
peanut butter and other nut 
butters in fiscal 2017

Private Brands

Weetabix

#1 

brand in the U.K.  
ready-to-eat cereal  
category

2017 may prove to be a demarcation  
point in the way we think about channel 
management and consumer behavior. 

—

we entered the U.K. at a time in which 
political uncertainty afforded an 
attractive entry point when considered 
in U.S. dollars. We fully expect to see 
some volatility as the path of Brexit 
emerges, but we have great confidence 
in “this blessed plot.” 

In September, we announced the 

acquisition of Bob Evans Farms, a 
leading manufacturer of refrigerated 
side dishes and sausage products. We 
expect to complete this transaction 
in the second quarter of fiscal 2018. 
Bob Evans, like Michael Foods, houses 
both a foodservice and retail business. 
Upon completion of the transaction, 
we expect to re-organize each business 
around its core competitive channel 
position. Specifically, Michael Foods 
will become a pure foodservice  

organization, and Bob Evans pure 
retail. We believe this will enable  
each to manage in the most cost 
effective and focused manner, while 
simultaneously positioning each for 
add-on acquisitions.  

We continue to use leverage to 
support acquisition activity. Since  
2012 we have seen a reduction in  
our cost of debt as the market interest 
rate has remained low and our credit 
quality has improved. In 2017 we 
executed financings raising total debt 
of $4.7 billion. This amount was used 
to refinance existing debt ($2.1 billion), 
finance the Weetabix purchase  
($1.8 billion) and prepare to fund the 
Bob Evans purchase (~$1.6 billion).  
Our average borrowing costs are  
now 4.9%. 

Ultimately, our scorecard is 
determined by how you value our 
shares. From the beginning to the end 
of fiscal 2017 our share price rose 
14% with a high and low of $89.04 
and $68.76. While our use of leverage 
and orientation toward rapid change 
introduces some volatility, our focus 
remains on long-term appreciation in 
our share price.

In closing, we look back at 2017 

with pride, but more significantly  
we look forward to 2018 and beyond 
with excitement for the promise of  
our business. 

As always, we thank you for your 
support. 

William P. Stiritz
Chairman of the Board

Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer

UNITED STATES 
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION 
Washington, D.C. 20549
_______________________
FORM 10-K 
_______________________

(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the fiscal year ended September 30, 2017

or 

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

Commission file number:  1-35305 
______________________

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) 
_______________________

Missouri
(State or other jurisdiction of incorporation or organization)

45-3355106
(I.R.S. Employer Identification No.)

2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri
(Address of principal executive offices)

63144
(Zip Code)

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code: (314) 644-7600
_______________________

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: 

Title of each class
Common Stock, $.01 par value

Name of each exchange on which registered
New York Stock Exchange, Inc.

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act:  None
_______________________

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 
1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such 
filing requirements for the past 90 days.    
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically and posted on its corporate Web site, if any, every Interactive Data File 
required to be submitted and posted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such 
shorter period that the registrant was required to submit and post such files).    
Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent filers pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation S-K (§232.405 of this chapter) is not contained herein, 
and will not be contained, to the best of registrant’s knowledge, in definitive proxy or information statements incorporated by reference in Part III of 
this Form 10-K or any amendment to this Form 10-K.  
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or 
an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth 
company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

  Yes    

  Yes    

  Yes    

  Yes    

  No 

  No 

  No 

  No 

Large accelerated filer
Non-accelerated filer

Accelerated filer
Smaller reporting company
Emerging growth company

If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any 
new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act).    
The aggregate market value of the registrant’s Common Stock held by non-affiliates of the registrant as of March 31, 2017, the last day of the 
registrant’s second quarter, was $5,522,477,167. 
Number of shares of Common Stock, $.01 par value, outstanding as of November 13, 2017: 66,120,127

  Yes    

  No 

Certain portions of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for its 2018 annual meeting of shareholders, to be filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission within 120 days after September 30, 2017, are incorporated by reference into Part III of this report. 

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE 

 
TABLE OF CONTENTS 

Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements........................................................................................................

1

PART I

Item 1.
Business...............................................................................................................................................................
Item 1A. Risk Factors .........................................................................................................................................................
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments................................................................................................................................
Properties.............................................................................................................................................................
Item 2.
Item 3.
Legal Proceedings ...............................................................................................................................................
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosure .......................................................................................................................................

PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Shareholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity 

Securities .............................................................................................................................................................
Item 6.
Selected Financial Data .......................................................................................................................................
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations..............................
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk ............................................................................
Financial Statements and Supplementary Data ...................................................................................................
Item 8.
Item 9.
Changes In and Disagreements With Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.............................
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures......................................................................................................................................
Item 9B. Other Information................................................................................................................................................

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance ..................................................................................
Executive Compensation .....................................................................................................................................
Item 11.
Item 12.
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Shareholder Matters ...........
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence ....................................................
Principal Accountant Fees and Services..............................................................................................................
Item 14.

3
9
22
22
23
24

25

27
28
43
45
89
89
90

91
91
91
91
91

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.......................................................................................................

91

Signatures...............................................................................................................................................................................

92

i

CAUTIONARY STATEMENT ON FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

Forward-looking statements, within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities 
Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), are made throughout this report. 
These forward-looking statements are sometimes identified from the use of forward-looking words such as “believe,” “should,” 
“could,”  “potential,”  “continue,”  “expect,”  “project,”  “estimate,”  “predict,”  “anticipate,”  “aim,”  “intend,”  “plan,”  “forecast,” 
“target,” “is likely,” “will,” “can,” “may,” “would,” or the negative of these terms and similar expressions elsewhere in this report. 
Our results of operations and financial condition may differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements. Such statements 
are based on management’s current views and assumptions, and involve risks and uncertainties that could affect expected results. 
Those risks and uncertainties include but are not limited to the following: 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

our high leverage, our ability to obtain additional financing (including both secured and unsecured debt), and our
ability to service our outstanding debt (including covenants that restrict the operation of our business);

our ability to continue to compete in our product markets and our ability to retain our market position;

our ability to anticipate and respond to changes in consumer preferences and trends and introduce new products;

our ability to identify, complete and integrate acquisitions and manage our growth;

our ability to promptly and effectively integrate the Weetabix business and obtain expected cost savings and synergies
of the acquisition within the expected timeframe;

significant volatility in the costs of certain raw materials, commodities, packaging or energy used to manufacture
our products;

our ability to successfully implement business strategies to reduce costs;

our ability to comply with increased regulatory scrutiny related to certain of our products and/or international sales;

allegations that our products cause injury or illness, product recalls and product liability claims and other litigation;

legal and regulatory factors, including advertising and labeling laws, changes in food safety and laws and regulations
governing animal feeding and housing operations;

the loss or bankruptcy of a significant customer;

consolidations in the retail grocery and foodservice industries;

the ability and timing to close the proposed acquisition of Bob Evans Farms, Inc. (“Bob Evans”), including obtaining
the approval of Bob Evans’s stockholders for the proposed acquisition, the required regulatory approvals and the
satisfaction of other closing conditions to the merger agreement;

our ability to promptly and effectively integrate the Bob Evans business after the acquisition has closed, including
the risk of our or Bob Evans’s respective businesses experiencing disruptions from ongoing business operations
which  may  make  it  more  difficult  than  expected  to  maintain  relationships  with  employees,  business  partners  or
governmental entities, and our ability to obtain expected cost savings and synergies of the acquisition within the
expected timeframe;

the ability of our private label products to compete with nationally branded products;

disruptions or inefficiencies in supply chain;

our reliance on third party manufacturers for certain of our products;

the ultimate impact litigation may have on us;

our ability to successfully operate our international operations in compliance with applicable laws and regulations;

changes in economic conditions, disruptions in the U.S. and global capital and credit markets, and fluctuations in
foreign currency exchange rates;

the impact of the United Kingdom’s exit from the European Union (commonly known as “Brexit”) on us and our
operations;

impairment in the carrying value of goodwill or other intangibles;

changes in estimates in critical accounting judgments and changes to or new laws and regulations affecting our
business, including proposed tax reform;

changes in weather conditions, natural disasters, disease outbreaks and other events beyond our control;

1

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

loss of key employees, labor strikes, work stoppages or unionization efforts;

losses or increased funding and expenses related to our qualified pension and other post-retirement plans;

costs,  business  disruptions  and  reputational  damage  associated  with  information  technology  failures  and/or
information security breaches;

our ability to protect our intellectual property and other assets;

significant differences in our actual operating results from our guidance regarding our future performance;

our ability to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, including with respect to
acquired businesses; and

other risks and uncertainties included under “Risk Factors” in this document.

You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations 
reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee that the future results, levels of activity, performance 
or events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements will be achieved or occur. Moreover, we undertake no 
obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this document to conform these 
statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations.

2

ITEM 1. 

BUSINESS

PART I

INTRODUCTION 

Post Holdings, Inc. is a Missouri corporation incorporated on September 22, 2011. Our principal executive offices are located 
at 2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63144. We are a consumer packaged goods holding company, operating in the center-
of-the-store, foodservice, ingredient, refrigerated, active nutrition and private label food categories. Unless otherwise stated or the 
context otherwise indicates, all references in this Form 10-K to “Post,” “the Company,” “us,” “our” or “we” mean Post Holdings, 
Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries. 

On February 3, 2012, Post completed its legal separation via a tax free spin-off (the “Spin-Off”) from our former parent 
company. On February 6, 2012, Post common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol 
“POST.” Post operates in five reportable segments: 

•

Post Consumer Brands: Includes branded and private label ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal operations of Post Foods,
LLC (“Post Foods”), MOM Brands Company (“MOM Brands”) and Weetabix North America (“Weetabix NA”), as
well as the business of Attune Foods, LLC (“Attune Foods”), which produces premium natural and organic granola,
cereals and snacks.

• Michael Foods Group: Comprised of MFI Holding Corporation (“Michael Foods”), Dakota Growers Pasta Company,
Inc. (“Dakota Growers”), Willamette Egg Farms (“WEF”) and National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. (“NPE”), and includes
businesses focused on value-added egg products, refrigerated potato products, cheese and other dairy case products
and pasta products for the foodservice, retail and food ingredient channels;

•

•

Active Nutrition:  Includes the protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplement businesses of Premier
Nutrition  Corporation  (“PNC”),  Dymatize  Enterprises,  LLC  (“Dymatize”)  and  Active  Nutrition  International
(“ANI”), as well as the PowerBar brand;

Private  Brands:    Includes  the  businesses  of  Golden  Boy  Foods  Ltd.  (“Golden  Boy”)  and American  Blanching
Company (“ABC”), which produce private label peanut and other nut butters, dried fruits and nuts, and provide
peanut blanching, granulation and roasting services for the commercial peanut industry; and

• Weetabix: Includes the businesses of Weetabix Limited and its direct subsidiaries (“Weetabix”), which produce and
distribute branded and private label RTE cereal, hot cereals and other cereal-based food products, breakfast drinks
and muesli primarily outside of North America.

On September 19, 2017, we announced that we had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Bob Evans, a producer of 
refrigerated potato, pasta and vegetable-based side dishes, pork sausage, and a variety of refrigerated and frozen convenience food 
items. Bob Evans also has a growing foodservice business which sells a range of products, including sausage, sausage gravy, 
breakfast sandwiches and side dishes.

Financial information for the five reportable segments for fiscal 2017 is contained in this report. “Management’s Discussion 
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” which we refer to as MD&A, under Item 7 of this report contains 
financial and other information concerning our business developments and operations and is incorporated into this Item 1. Financial 
information about geographic areas is set out below under Note 21 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in 
this report and is incorporated into this Item 1. 

Additional information about us, including our Form 10, Forms 10-K, Forms 10-Q, Forms 8-K, other securities filings (and 
amendments thereto), press releases and other important announcements, is available at our website at www.postholdings.com or 
the Securities and Exchange Commission’s (“SEC”) website at www.sec.gov (for securities filings only). These documents can 
be printed free of charge as soon as reasonably practicable after their electronic filing with the SEC. Our Corporate Governance 
Guidelines, Code of Conduct for Officers and Employees, Board of Directors Code of Ethics, and the charters of the Audit and 
Corporate Governance and Compensation Committees of our Board of Directors also are available on our website, where they 
can be printed free of charge. All of these documents also are available to shareholders at no charge upon request sent to our 
corporate secretary (2503 S. Hanley Road, St. Louis, Missouri 63144-2503, Telephone: 314-644-7600). The information on our 
website is not part of this report.   

Our Businesses

Post Consumer Brands 

Post Consumer Brands includes our North America cereal business which manufactures, markets and sells branded and private 
label RTE cereal and hot cereal products. The RTE cereal category is one of the most prominent categories in the food industry. 
According to Nielsen’s expanded All Outlets Combined (xAOC) information, the category was approximately $8.4 billion for the 
3

52-week period ending October 28, 2017. We have leveraged the strength of our brands, category expertise, and over a century of 
institutional knowledge to create a diverse portfolio of cereals. Post Consumer Brands is the third largest seller of RTE cereals in 
the United States with a 19.1% share of retail dollar sales and a 21.9% share of retail pound sales for the 52-week period ending 
October 28, 2017, based on Nielsen’s xAOC information. Nielsen’s xAOC is representative of food, drug and mass merchandisers 
(including Walmart), some club retailers (including Sam’s Club and BJs), some dollar retailers (including Dollar General, Family 
Dollar, and Fred’s Super Dollar) and military. Our RTE cereal brands include Honey Bunches of Oats, Pebbles, Oreo O’s, Great 
Grains, Grape-Nuts, Post Shredded Wheat, Oh’s, Honeycomb, Golden Crisp, Post Raisin Bran, Alpha-Bits, Shreddies, Malt-O-
Meal branded bagged cereal and Mom’s Best. Our hot cereal brands include Malt-O-Meal Hot Wheat, Coco Wheats, Better Oats 
and Mom’s Best Oatmeal. These products are primarily manufactured through a flexible production platform at ten owned facilities 
in the United States and Canada.

Our Post Consumer Brands segment also includes the business of Attune Foods. Through this business, we manufacture and 
market branded premium natural and organic cereals and snacks, including Uncle Sam high fiber cereals, Attune chocolate probiotic 
bars  and Erewhon gluten-free  cereals.  Attune  Foods  also 
the Golden  Temple, Peace  Cereal, Sweet  Home 
Farm and Willamette Valley Granola Company brands as well as a private label granola business. Attune Foods’ products are 
largely sold through the natural/specialty channels, as well as in the bulk foods section of both conventional and natural/specialty 
retailers. Our manufacturing facility in Eugene, Oregon provides us the ability to manufacture a wide variety of product and 
package formats. Additionally, some products are manufactured under co-manufacturing agreements at various third party facilities 
located in the United States.

includes 

After we completed the acquisition of Weetabix on July 3, 2017, we added the Weetabix NA business to Post Consumer 
Brands. In North America, Weetabix operates a natural and organic RTE cereal and snacking platform in both branded and private 
label,  led  by  the  Weetabix  and  Barbara’s  brands  and  the  Puffins  sub-brand,  serving  the  natural  and  specialty  channels  and 
conventional retailers. These products are primarily manufactured at two facilities, one in the United States and one in Canada.

Michael Foods Group 

Through our Michael Foods Group segment, we produce and/or distribute egg products, refrigerated potato products, cheese 
and other dairy case products and pasta products. Our egg products business produces and distributes numerous egg products under 
the Better’n Eggs, All Whites, Papetti’s, Abbotsford Farms, Emulsa, EasyEggs, Table Ready, and Davidson’s Safest Choice  brands, 
among others. Through this business, we operate thirteen egg products production facilities in the United States, some of which 
are fully integrated, from the maintenance of laying flocks through the processing of egg products. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 
and 2015, egg and egg products contributed 27.2%, 28.2% and 32.5%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue. Refrigerated 
potato products are marketed primarily under the Simply Potatoes and Diner’s Choice brands; this business maintains a main 
processing facility in Minnesota, with a smaller facility located in Nevada. Our cheese and other dairy-case products are marketed 
principally  under  the  Crystal  Farms brand,  and  other  trademarks  include Crescent  Valley, Westfield  Farms and David’s  Deli. 
Through this business, we operate a cheese packaging facility in Lake Mills, Wisconsin, which processes and packages various 
cheese products for the Crystal Farms brand and for private label customers. Our pasta business, Dakota Growers, has vertically 
integrated durum wheat milling and pasta production capabilities and produces over 150 different shapes of pasta products at two 
manufacturing plants. The Michael Foods Group sells products to the foodservice, food ingredient and retail grocery markets. 
Major  customers  include  foodservice  distributors,  restaurant  chains,  major  retail  grocery  chains  and  other  packaged  food 
manufacturers. 

Active Nutrition 

Our  Active  Nutrition  segment  markets  and  distributes  ready-to-drink  beverages,  bars,  powders  and  other  nutritional 
supplements  under  the Premier  Protein, Dymatize, PowerBar,  Supreme  Protein  and Joint  Juice brands.  The Active  Nutrition 
segment’s products are primarily manufactured under co-manufacturing agreements at various third party facilities located in the 
United States and Europe. We also own a facility in Germany that primarily manufactures bar products for our PowerBar brand 
and private label customers. Our Active Nutrition products are primarily sold in club, mass merchandise, grocery, drug, specialty 
and convenience stores as well as online. For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, protein-based products and supplements contributed 
13.6%, 11.4% and  11.9%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue.

Private Brands 

Our Private Brands segment manufactures and distributes organic and conventional private label peanut butter and other nut 
butters, baking nuts, dried fruit and trail mixes, with sales to grocery retailers and customers in the food ingredient and foodservice 
channels primarily in the United States and Canada, and also in the European Union and the Middle East. We also co-manufacture 
peanut butter and other nut butters for national brands, private label retail and industrial markets. Our Private Brands business also 
provides peanut blanching, granulation and roasting services for the commercial peanut industry.

4

Weetabix

Our Weetabix segment primarily markets and distributes branded and private label RTE cereal products. Weetabix holds the 
number two overall position in the United Kingdom (the “U.K.”) RTE cereal category. Its portfolio includes the Weetabix brand, 
which holds the number one brand position in the U.K. RTE cereal category, as well as Alpen (the number one muesli brand in 
the U.K.), Weetos, Ready Brek and Weetabix On The Go. Its main markets are the U.K. and the Republic of Ireland where Weetabix 
has deep relationships with all key retailers and key players in wholesale and foodservice. Weetabix also distributes products to 
multiple countries throughout the world, mainly through a network of third party distributors in the respective markets.  Additionally, 
Weetabix has operations in Africa through two joint ventures.

For fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, cereal and granola products sold by our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments 

together contributed 37.6%, 36.6% and 29.4%, respectively, to our consolidated revenue.

Sales and Marketing

Each of our businesses has developed marketing strategies specific to its product lines. For certain of our products, we have 
consumer-targeted marketing campaigns, which include television, digital and print advertisements, coupon offers, co-marketing 
arrangements  with  complementary  consumer  product  and  entertainment  companies  and  joint  advertising  with  select  retail 
customers. We also use traditional outdoor, print and digital advertising and social media, as well as more targeted grass roots 
programs such as sampling events and business drops, in order to increase brand awareness and loyalty at both national and local 
levels. Our internet and social media efforts are used to educate consumers about the nutritional value of our products and for 
product promotion and consumer entertainment.  

Our Post Consumer Brands segment sells products primarily through an internal sales staff and broker organizations. We also 
sell Post Consumer Brands products to military, e-commerce and foodservice channels and may utilize distribution or similar 
arrangements for sales of Post Consumer Brands products. Our Michael Foods Group segment aligns its sales and marketing efforts 
by distribution channel, with a dedicated team for each of the commercial and retail channels. Our Active Nutrition segment uses 
a flexible sales model that combines a national direct sales force, broker network and distributors. Our Private Brands segment 
primarily sells its products through internal sales staff and broker organizations, including a strong broker network that services 
the natural/specialty and conventional grocery channels. Our Weetabix segment services its key U.K. domestic markets through 
a centralized commercial team which manages relationships with customers at the corporate level while a third party sales force 
operates at the store level to ensure maximum availability and compliance with agreed plans. 

Research and Development

Our research and development efforts span our business segments. These capabilities extend to ingredients and packaging 
technologies; new product and process development, as well as analytical support; bench-top and pilot plant capabilities; and 
research support to operations. We incurred expenses of approximately $18.6 million, $16.3 million and $16.8 million during the 
fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, for research and development activities. 

Raw Materials

Raw materials used in our businesses (purchased from local, regional and international suppliers) consist of ingredients and 
packaging materials. The principal ingredients for most of our businesses are agricultural commodities, including wheat, oats, 
other grain products, vegetable oils, fruits, peanuts, almonds and other tree nuts, dairy and soy-based proteins, cocoa, corn syrup 
and sugar. We also buy significant amounts of grain to feed layer hens. Additionally, the principal ingredients for the Michael 
Foods business are eggs, potatoes and cheese.  A portion of the segment’s egg needs comes from Company-owned hens, and the 
balance is purchased under third party contracts and in the spot market. Principal ingredients for the Active Nutrition business are 
protein and protein blends. Certain of our segments, such as Post Consumer Brands, Active Nutrition, Private Brands and Weetabix, 
utilize raw material sources that ensure that their products meet standards and certification requirements for non-GMO, organic 
and/or  gluten-free. The  principal  packaging  materials  used  by  the  Company  are  linerboard  cartons,  corrugated  boxes,  plastic 
containers, flexible and beverage packaging and cartonboard. 

Supply availability and prices paid for raw materials can fluctuate widely due to weather conditions, feed costs, labor disputes, 
government policies and regulations, industry consolidation, economic climate, energy shortages, transportation delays, commodity 
market prices, currency fluctuations and other unforeseen circumstances, such as avian influenza which could affect the domestic 
poultry industry and our egg supply. We continuously monitor worldwide supply and cost trends of these raw materials to enable 
us to take appropriate action to obtain ingredients and packaging needed for production. Although the prices of the principal raw 
materials  can  be  expected  to  fluctuate,  we  believe  such  raw  materials  to  be  in  adequate  supply  and  generally  available  from 
numerous sources.

Cereal processing ovens and most of the Michael Foods production facilities are generally fueled by natural gas or propane, 
which are obtained from local utilities or other local suppliers. Electricity and steam (generated in on-site, gas-fired boilers) also 
are used in our processing facilities. Short-term standby propane storage exists at several plants for use in the event of an interruption 

5

in natural gas supplies. Oil also may be used to fuel certain operations at various plants in the event of natural gas shortages or 
when its use presents economic advantages. In addition, considerable amounts of diesel fuel are used in connection with the 
distribution of our products. Weetabix owns and operates its own combined heat and power generation unit, which is capable of 
supplying the majority of the requirements of its main operation site with power and steam and can be operated using either natural 
gas or oil.

Trademarks and Intellectual Property

We own a number of trademarks that are critical to the success of our businesses. Our Post Consumer Brands business’ key 
trademarks include Post®, Honey Bunches of Oats®, Great Grains®, Post®  Shredded Wheat, Spoon Size® Shredded Wheat, Golden 
Crisp®,  Alpha-Bits®, Oh's®, ShreddiesTM, Post®  Raisin Bran, Grape-Nuts®, Honeycomb®, Frosted Mini Spooners®, Golden Puffs®, 
Cinnamon Toasters®, Fruity Dyno-Bites®, Cocoa Dyno-Bites®, Berry Colossal Crunch®, Malt-O-Meal®, Farina®, Dyno-Bites®, 
MOM’s Best®, Better OatsTM, CoCo WheatsTM, Weetabix®, Barbara’s®, Puffins®, SnackimalsTM, Attune®, Uncle Sam®, Erewhon®, 
Willamette Valley Granola CompanyTM, Peace Cereal® and Sweet Home Farm®. The key trademarks for Michael Foods Group 
include Crystal Farms®, All Whites®, Papetti’s®, Better’n Eggs®, Easy Eggs®, Emulsa®, Table Ready®, Davidson’s Safest Choice®, 
Abbotsford  Farms®,  Simply  Potatoes®,  Diner’s  Choice®,  Crescent  Valley®,  Westfield  Farms®  and  David’s  Deli®.    Our Active 
Nutrition  segment’s  key  trademarks  include  Premier  Protein®,  Joint  Juice®,  Dymatize®,  ISO.100®,  Supreme  Protein®  and 
PowerBar®. Our Private Brands business’ key trademarks include Golden BoyTM, Golden Organics® and Country OrchardTM. Our 
Weetabix segment’s key trademarks include Weetabix®, Alpen®, WeetosTM, Ready BrekTM, Weetabix On the GoTM and OatbixTM. 
Our trademarks are, in most cases, protected through registration in the United States or the United Kingdom, as well as in many 
other countries where the related products are sold.

Certain of our products, such as Pebbles™ and Oreo O’s®, are sold under trademarks that have been licensed from third parties 
pursuant to a long-term license agreement that covers the sale of such branded products in the United States, Canada and several 
other international markets.

Similarly, we own several patents in North America and elsewhere. While our patent portfolio as a whole is material to our 
business, no one patent or group of related patents is material to our business. In addition, we have proprietary trade secrets, 
technology, know-how processes, and other intellectual property rights that are not registered.

Seasonality

Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events. For example, demand 
for our egg products, cheese and snacking and baking nuts tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas and other holiday 
seasons, which may result in increased net sales during the first quarter of our fiscal year. Demand for our Malt-O-Meal hot wheat 
and Ready Brek hot oats cereals also tends to be seasonably skewed towards the colder winter season. However, on a consolidated 
basis our revenues and results of operations are distributed relatively evenly over the quarters of our fiscal year.

Working Capital

A description of our working capital practices is included in the Liquidity and Capital Resources section of MD&A in Item 7 
of this report. Cash receipts from goods sold, supplemented as required by borrowings, provide for our operating expenses and 
working capital needs.

Customers

We sell Post Consumer Brands products primarily to grocery, mass merchandise, supercenters, club stores, natural/specialty 
and drug store customers. We also sell to military, e-commerce and foodservice channels. Our Michael Foods Group’s primary 
customers include foodservice distributors, national restaurant chains, retail grocery stores and major food manufacturers and 
processors. Our Active Nutrition segment’s customers are predominately warehouse club stores, mass merchandise, grocery stores, 
drug stores, convenience stores, specialty retailers, supplement stores and online retailers. Our Private Brands segment’s products 
are sold primarily to the natural/specialty and conventional grocery stores and foodservice and food ingredient customers. Our 
Weetabix segment’s products are primarily sold to grocery stores, discounters, wholesalers and convenience stores. 

Our largest customer, Walmart, accounted for approximately 13% of our consolidated net sales in fiscal 2017.  No other 
customer accounted for more than 10% of our fiscal 2017 consolidated net sales, but certain of our segments depend on sales to 
large customers.  For example, the largest customer of our Post Consumer Brands segment, Walmart, accounted for approximately 
29% of Post Consumer Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2017. Additionally, the largest customers of our Michael Foods Group segment, 
Sysco and US Foods, accounted for approximately 27% of the segment’s net sales in fiscal 2017, and the largest customers of our 
Active Nutrition business, Costco and Sam’s Club, accounted for approximately 57% of the Active Nutrition segment’s net sales 
in fiscal 2017. The largest customers of our Private Brands segment, Whole Foods and Aldi, accounted for approximately 26% of 
Private  Brands’  net  sales  in  fiscal  2017.  The  largest  customers  of  our  Weetabix  segment, Tesco  and  Asda,  accounted  for 
approximately 32% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal 2017. 

6

For the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, sales to locations outside of the United States were approximately 

8%, 7% and 9% of total net sales, respectively.

Competition

The consumer food and beverage, sports nutrition, and sports supplement categories in which we operate are highly competitive 
and highly sensitive to both pricing and promotion. Many of our principal competitors in these categories may have substantially 
more financial, marketing and other resources. Competition is based on product quality, price, effective promotional activities, 
and the ability to identify and satisfy dynamic, emerging consumer preferences. Our principal strategies for competing in each of 
our segments include effective customer relationship management, category insights, superior product quality and food safety, 
product innovation, an efficient supply chain and competitive pricing. In addition, in many of our product categories, we compete 
not only with widely advertised branded products, but also with private label products. The industries in which we operate are 
expected to remain highly competitive for the foreseeable future.

Governmental Regulation and Environmental Matters

We are subject to regulation by federal, state, local and foreign governmental entities and agencies. Our activities in Canada 
and Europe are subject to regulations similar to those applicable to our business in the United States. As a producer and distributor 
of  goods  for  human  consumption,  our  operations  must  comply  with  stringent  production,  storage,  distribution,  labeling  and 
marketing standards administered by the Food and Drug Administration (“FDA”) and the Federal Trade Commission in the United 
States as well as similar regulatory agencies in Canada, Mexico, the United Kingdom and the European Union. Products that do 
not meet regulatory standards may be considered to be adulterated and/or misbranded and subject to recall. Additionally, following 
the recent adoption of the Food Safety Modernization Act, the FDA is implementing additional regulations focused on prevention 
of food contamination, more frequent inspection of high-risk facilities, increased record-keeping and improved tracing of food. 

Certain egg products produced by our Michael Foods Group segment are under the jurisdiction of the U.S. Department of 
Agriculture (“USDA”) and its regulations regarding quality, labeling and sanitary control, rather than FDA regulations. The Michael 
Foods egg processing plants that break eggs, and some of our other egg-processing operations, are subject to continuous on-site 
USDA inspection. Our other U.S. facilities are subject to periodic inspection by the USDA, FDA and/or state regulatory authorities, 
such as state departments of agriculture. 

Our facilities, like those of similar businesses, are subject to certain safety regulations, including regulations issued pursuant 
to the U.S. Occupational Safety and Health Act and similar regulatory agencies in Canada, the United Kingdom and Germany. 
These regulations require us to comply with certain manufacturing safety standards to protect our employees from accidents. 
Additionally, some of the food commodities on which our business relies are subject to governmental agricultural programs (e.g., 
subsidies and import/export regulations), which have substantial effects on prices and supplies of these commodities.

Our operations also are subject to various federal, state  and local laws and regulations with respect to environmental matters, 
including air quality, wastewater pretreatment and discharge, storm water, waste handling and disposal, and other regulations 
intended to protect public health and the environment. In the United States, the laws and regulations include the Clean Air Act, 
the Clean Water Act and the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act. Our foreign facilities are subject to local and national 
regulations similar to those applicable to us in the United States. Additionally, Michael Foods Group layer farms dispose of animal 
waste primarily by transferring it to farmers for use as fertilizer,  and Michael Foods Group potato product facilities dispose of 
solid vegetable waste primarily by transferring it to processors who convert it to animal feed. We have made, and will continue to 
make, expenditures to ensure environmental compliance. 

Employees

We have approximately 11,410 employees as of November 1, 2017, of which approximately 9,140 are in the United States, 
approximately 1,060 are in the United Kingdom, approximately 830 are in Canada and approximately 380 are located in other 
jurisdictions, including the Weetabix Africa joint ventures. Currently, approximately 18% of our employees are unionized. We 
have entered into several collective bargaining agreements on terms that we believe are typical for the industries in which we 
operate. Most of the unionized workers at our facilities are represented under contracts which expire at various times throughout 
the next several years. As these agreements expire, we believe that the agreements can be renegotiated on terms satisfactory to us. 
We believe that overall we have good relationships with employees and their representative organizations.

Executive Officers of the Registrant

The section below provides information regarding our executive officers as of November 14, 2017: 

Robert V. Vitale, age 51, has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer since November 2014 and serves as our 
principal executive officer. Mr. Vitale also has been a member of our Board of Directors since November 2014. Previously, Mr. 
Vitale served as our Chief Financial Officer from October 2011 until November 1, 2014. He previously served as President and 
Chief Executive Officer of AHM Financial Group, LLC, a diversified provider of insurance brokerage and wealth management 

7

services, from 2006 until 2011 and previously was a partner of Westgate Equity Partners, LLC, a consumer-oriented private equity 
firm. Mr. Vitale also serves on the board of directors of Energizer Holdings, Inc. 

Jeff A. Zadoks, age 52, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our Chief Financial Officer 
since November 2014, and is the Company’s principal financial and accounting officer. Mr. Zadoks previously served as our Senior 
Vice President and Chief Financial Officer from November 2014 until November 2017. Mr. Zadoks served as our Senior Vice 
President and Chief Accounting Officer from January 2014 until November 1, 2014, and our Corporate Controller from October 
2011 until November 2014. Prior to joining Post, Mr. Zadoks served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer at 
RehabCare Group, Inc., a leading provider of post-acute care in hospitals and skilled nursing facilities, from February 2010 to 
September 2011, and as Vice President and Corporate Controller of RehabCare Group from December 2003 until January 2010.  

James E. Dwyer, Jr., age 59, has served as our President and Chief Executive Officer, Michael Foods Group since November 
2014. Previously, Mr. Dwyer served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of our Michael Foods Group business beginning 
in June 2014, when Post acquired Michael Foods. Prior to the acquisition, Mr. Dwyer served as the Chief Executive Officer of 
Michael Foods since October 2009 and its Chairman since July 2013. Mr. Dwyer is a member of the Board of Directors of Grocery 
Manufacturers Association and the Andersen Window Corporation, and serves on the Board of Trustees for Minnesota Public 
Radio and American Public Media.

Christopher J. Neugent, age 56, has served as our President and CEO, Post Consumer Brands since November 2015. Previously, 
Mr. Neugent served as the President and Chief Executive Officer of MOM Brands Company since May 2015, when Post acquired 
MOM Brands Company. From 2001 until the acquisition, Mr. Neugent served in various roles at MOM Brands Company, most 
recently as Chairman and CEO.

Diedre J. Gray, age 39, has served as an Executive Vice President since November 2017 and as our General Counsel and 
Chief Administrative Officer since November 2014. She has served as our Corporate Secretary since January 2012. Ms. Gray 
previously served as our Senior Vice President, General Counsel and Chief Administrative Officer from November 2014 until 
November 2017. Ms. Gray served as our Senior Vice President-Legal starting in December 2011 and was promoted to Senior Vice 
President, General Counsel in September 2012. Prior to joining Post, Ms. Gray served as Associate General Counsel and Assistant 
Secretary at MEMC Electronic Materials, Inc. (now SunEdison, Inc.), a semiconductor and solar wafer manufacturing company, 
from 2010 to 2011. Previously, Ms. Gray was an attorney at Bryan Cave LLP from 2003 to 2010.  

Available Information 

We make available free of charge through our website (www.postholdings.com) reports we file with the SEC, including our 
annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K and amendments to those reports filed 
or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file 
such material with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC maintains an internet site containing these reports, proxy and information 
statements, and other information regarding issuers that file electronically with the SEC at http://www.sec.gov. Any materials we 
file can be read and copied online at that site or at the SEC’s Public Reference Room at 100 F Street, NE, Washington, D.C. 20549. 
Information on the operation of the Public Reference Room can be obtained by calling the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330.

8

ITEM 1A.  RISK FACTORS

In addition to the factors discussed elsewhere in this report, the following risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse 
effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additional risks and uncertainties not presently known to us 
or that we currently deem immaterial also may impair our business operations, financial condition or results. 

Risks Related to Our Business

We operate in categories with strong competition. 

The consumer food and beverage, sports nutrition, and sports supplement categories are highly competitive. Our competitors 
may have substantial financial, marketing and other resources. Increased competition can reduce our sales due to loss of market 
share or the need to reduce prices to respond to competitive and customer pressures. In most product categories, we compete not 
only with widely advertised branded products, but also with private label and store brand products. A strong competitive response 
from one or more of our competitors to our marketplace efforts, or a shift in consumer preferences to competitors’ products, could 
result in us reducing pricing, increasing marketing or other expenditures or losing market share. Our profits could decrease if a 
reduction in prices or increased costs are not counterbalanced with increased sales volume. 

We must identify changing consumer preferences and develop and offer food products to meet these preferences.

Consumer and customer preferences evolve over time. The success of our food products depends on our ability to identify 
these changing preferences and to offer products that appeal to consumers and our customers. Consumer preference changes include 
dietary trends, attention to different nutritional aspects of foods and beverages, concerns regarding the health effects of certain 
foods and sourcing practices relating to ingredients, and animal welfare concerns. 

Our Michael Foods Group business is and will continue to be affected by changing preferences as to the housing of egg-laying 
hens.  Many restaurant chains, foodservice companies and grocery chains have announced goals to transition to a cage-free egg 
supply by specified future dates. Meeting anticipated customer demand has resulted, and will continue to result, in additional 
operating and capital costs to procure cage-free eggs, to modify existing layer facilities and to construct new cage-free layer 
housing. These changing preferences also could require us to use specially sourced ingredients that may be more difficult to source 
and/or entail a higher cost or incremental capital investment which we may not be able to pass on to customers.  

Our business strategy depends on us identifying and completing additional acquisitions and other strategic transactions. We 
may not be able to successfully consummate favorable transactions.

We continuously evaluate and may in the future enter into additional strategic transactions. Any such transaction could happen 
at any time, could be material to our business and could take any number of forms, including, for example, an acquisition, investment 
or merger, for cash or in exchange for our equity securities, or a divestiture. 

Evaluating potential transactions, including divestitures, requires additional expenditures (including legal, accounting and 
due diligence expenses, higher administrative costs to support the acquired entities, information technology, personnel and other 
integration expenses) and may divert the attention of our management from ordinary operating matters. 

Our corporate development activities may present financial and operational risks, and may have adverse effects on existing 
business relationships with suppliers and customers. Future acquisitions also could result in potentially dilutive issuances of equity 
securities, the incurrence of debt, contingent liabilities and/or amortization expenses related to certain intangible assets and increased 
operating expenses, all of which could singly or collectively adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.

We may be unable to integrate the Weetabix Group business successfully and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. 

The acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition, 
including Weetabix Limited (collectively, the “Weetabix Group”) involves  the combination of two companies that have operated 
independently. We will be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating business practices, 
cultures and operations of each business, in particular, our Post Consumer Brands business and Weetabix NA’s business operations. 
Potential difficulties we may encounter as part of the integration process include the following: 

•

•

•

the inability to successfully combine our business with that of the Weetabix Group in a manner that permits us to achieve
the synergies and other benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition;

the  challenge  of  integrating  complex  systems,  operating  procedures,  regulatory  compliance  programs,  technology,
networks and other assets of the Weetabix Group in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers,
suppliers, employees and other constituencies;

potential unknown liabilities, liabilities that are significantly larger than we currently anticipate and unforeseen increased
expenses or delays associated with the acquisition, including cash costs to integrate the two businesses that may exceed
the cash costs that we currently anticipate; and

9

•

although the warranties regarding the business and operations of the Weetabix Group made by certain of the sellers who
are members of the Weetabix Group’s management survive the closing and we have indemnification rights against these
members of management in the event any of such warranties prove to have been inaccurate or breached, the liability of
these members of management for such claims is capped at £2.2 million in the aggregate, and no portion of the purchase
price for the transaction is held in escrow for the purpose of funding indemnification claims, so we may not be able to
collect any damages we may incur for inaccuracies or breaches in warranties from these members of management after
closing.

Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the Weetabix Group acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take 

longer to realize than expected. 

We may experience difficulties in integrating acquired businesses, or acquisitions may not perform as expected.

We have acquired multiple businesses, and we may continue to acquire other businesses. The successful integration of these 
acquisitions depends on our ability to manage the operations and personnel of the acquired businesses. Integrating operations is 
complex and requires significant efforts and expenses on the part of both us and the acquired businesses. Potential difficulties we 
may encounter as part of the integration process include, but are not limited to, the following:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

employees  may  voluntarily or  involuntarily separate  employment from  us  or  the  acquired  businesses  because  of  the
acquisitions;

our management may have its attention diverted while trying to integrate the acquired businesses;

we may encounter obstacles when incorporating the acquired businesses into our operations and management, including
integrating or separating personnel, financial systems, operating procedures, regulatory compliance programs, technology,
networks and other assets in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers, employees
and other constituencies;

differences in business backgrounds, corporate cultures and management philosophies;

integration may be more costly or more time consuming and complex or less effective than anticipated;

inability to maintain uniform standards, controls and procedures; and

we may discover previously undetected operational or other issues, such as fraud.

Any of these factors could adversely affect our and the acquired businesses’ ability to maintain relationships with customers, 
suppliers, employees and other constituencies.

In addition, the success of these acquired businesses will depend, in part, on our ability to realize the anticipated growth 
opportunities and cost synergies through the successful integration of the businesses we acquire with our existing businesses. Even 
if we are successful in integrating acquired businesses, we cannot assure you that these integrations will result in the realization 
of the full benefit of any anticipated growth opportunities or cost synergies or that these benefits will be realized within the expected 
time frames. In addition, acquired businesses may have unanticipated liabilities or contingencies.

Economic downturns could limit consumer demand for our products. 

The willingness of consumers to purchase our products depends in part on general or local economic conditions. In periods 
of economic uncertainty, consumers may purchase less of our products and may forego certain purchases altogether. In those 
circumstances, we could experience a reduction in sales of our products. In addition, as a result of economic conditions or competitive 
actions, we may be unable to raise our prices sufficiently to protect profit margins. Any of these events could have an adverse 
effect on our results of operations. 

Commodity price volatility and higher energy costs could negatively impact profits. 

The primary commodities used by our businesses include wheat, oats, other grain products, vegetable oils, fruits, peanuts, 
almonds and other tree nuts, dairy and soy-based proteins, whey, cocoa, corn syrup and sugar. The supply and price of these 
ingredients are subject to market conditions and are influenced by many factors beyond our control, including weather patterns 
affecting  ingredient  production,  governmental  programs  and  regulations,  insects,  and  plant  diseases.  Our  primary  packaging 
includes linerboard cartons, corrugated boxes, plastic containers, flexible and beverage packaging and cartonboard. In addition, 
our  manufacturing  operations  use  large  quantities  of  natural  gas,  propane  and  electricity. The  cost  of  such  commodities  may 
fluctuate widely, and we may experience shortages in commodity items as a result of commodity market fluctuations, availability, 
increased demand, weather conditions and natural disasters, as well as other factors outside of our control. Higher prices for natural 
gas, propane, electricity and fuel also may increase our production and delivery costs. Changes in the prices charged for our 
products may lag behind changes in our energy and commodity costs. Accordingly, changes in commodity or energy costs may 
limit our ability to maintain existing margins and have a material adverse effect on our operating profits. Competitive pressures 

10

often limit our ability to increase prices in response to higher input costs. If we fail to hedge and prices subsequently increase, or 
if we institute a hedge and prices subsequently decrease, our costs may be greater than anticipated or greater than our competitors’ 
costs, and our financial results could be adversely affected. 

Michael Foods’ operating results are significantly affected by egg, potato and cheese prices and the prices of corn and soybean 
meal, which are the primary grains fed to laying hens. Historically, the prices of these raw materials have fluctuated widely. In 
addition, Michael Foods’ cheese and butter products are affected by milk price supports established by the USDA. Although steps 
can be taken to mitigate the effects of changes in raw material costs, fluctuations in prices are outside of the control of the Michael 
Foods business, and changes in the price of such items may have a material adverse effect on the Michael Foods business, prospects, 
results of operations and financial condition. Certain supply and demand disruptions, such as those experienced with the 2015 
avian influenza outbreak, could create an inability to keep selling prices in line with input costs and may result in significant 
fluctuations in operating profit margins.

Unsuccessful implementation of business strategies to reduce costs may adversely affect our results of operations. 

Many of our costs, such as raw materials, energy and freight, are outside of our control. Therefore, we must seek to reduce 
costs in other areas, such as through operating efficiency. If we are not able to complete projects designed to reduce costs and 
increase operating efficiency on time or within budget, our operating profits may be adversely impacted. In addition, if the cost-
saving  initiatives  we  have  implemented,  or  any  future  cost-saving  initiatives,  do  not  generate  the  expected  cost  savings  and 
synergies, our results of operations may be adversely affected. 

Our Active Nutrition and Michael Foods Group  products are subject to a higher level of regulatory scrutiny,  resulting in 
increased costs of operations and delays in product sales.

Our products and operations are subject to the laws and regulations of the FDA and/or the USDA, as well as other applicable 
laws and regulations. Some of our Active Nutrition products are regulated by the FDA as dietary supplements, which are subject 
to different FDA regulations and levels of regulatory scrutiny. Certain of Michael Foods’ egg products are subject to continuous 
on-site inspections by the USDA. It also is possible that federal, state or foreign enforcement authorities might take regulatory or 
enforcement action, which could result in significant fines or penalties. If we are found to be significantly out of compliance, the 
FDA could issue a warning letter and/or institute enforcement actions that could result in additional costs, substantial delays in 
production or even a temporary shutdown in manufacturing and product sales while the non-conformances are rectified. Also, we 
may have to recall products or otherwise remove product from the market,  and temporarily cease its manufacture and distribution, 
which would increase our costs and reduce our revenues. Any product liability claims resulting from the failure to comply with 
applicable laws and regulations would be expensive to defend and could result in substantial damage awards against us or harm 
our reputation. Any of these events would negatively impact our revenues and costs of operations. 

If our products become adulterated, misbranded or mislabeled or become contaminated, we might need to recall those items 
and may experience product liability claims if consumers are injured. 

Selling food products and nutritional supplements involves a number of legal and other risks, including product contamination, 
spoilage, product tampering, allergens or other adulteration. Additionally, many of the raw materials used to make certain of our 
products, particularly eggs, raw potatoes, peanuts and tree nuts, are vulnerable to contamination by naturally occurring pathogens, 
such as salmonella. We may need to recall some or all of our products if they become adulterated, mislabeled or misbranded, 
whether caused by us or someone in our supply chain. A recall could result in destruction of product inventory, negative publicity, 
temporary plant closings, supply chain interruption, substantial costs of compliance or remediation, fines and increased scrutiny 
by federal, state and foreign regulatory agencies. Should consumption of any product cause injury, we may be liable for monetary 
damages as a result of a judgment against us. In addition, adverse publicity, including claims, whether or not valid, that our products 
or ingredients are unsafe or of poor quality, may discourage consumers from buying our products or cause production and delivery 
disruptions. Any of these events, including a significant product liability claim against us, could result in a loss of consumer 
confidence in our food products. Although we have various insurance programs in place, any of these events and/or a loss of 
consumer confidence could have an adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and/or cash flows. 

Violations of laws or regulations, as well as new laws or regulations or changes to existing laws or regulations, could adversely 
affect our business. 

The food industry is subject to a variety of federal, state and foreign laws and regulations, including food safety requirements 
related to the ingredients, manufacturing, processing, storage, marketing, advertising, labeling and distribution of our products as 
well as those related to worker health and workplace safety. Our activities, both inside and outside of the U.S., are subject to 
extensive regulation. In the U.S. we are regulated by, among other federal and state authorities, the FDA, the USDA, the Federal 
Trade Commission and the Occupational Safety and Health Administration. In Europe, we are regulated by, among other authorities, 
the United Kingdom’s Food Standards Agency, Health and Safety Executive, Environment Agency, Environmental Health Officers, 
Trading Standards Officers, and their equivalent in other European Union member states. We also are regulated by similar authorities 
elsewhere in the world. Governmental regulations also affect taxes and levies, healthcare costs, energy usage, immigration and 

11

labor issues, any or all of which may have a direct or indirect effect on our business or those of our customers or suppliers. In 
addition, because we market and advertise our products, we could be the target of claims relating to alleged false or deceptive 
advertising under federal, state and foreign laws and regulations and may be subject to initiatives to limit or prohibit the marketing 
and advertising of our products to children. Changes in these laws or regulations or the introduction of new laws or regulations 
could increase the costs of doing business for us or our customers or suppliers, causing our results of operations to be adversely 
affected. As a specific example, some states have passed laws that mandate specific housing requirements for layer hens. Further, 
if we are found to be out of compliance with applicable laws and regulations in these areas, we could be subject to civil remedies, 
including fines, injunctions or recalls, as well as potential criminal sanctions, any or all of which could have a material adverse 
effect on our business.

U.S. tax reform, if enacted, could have an adverse impact on our future results of operations, profitability and financial 

condition. In addition, the United States government has initiated renegotiation of the North American Free Trade Agreement 
(“NAFTA”). Any changes to NAFTA could adversely impact our North American operations. 

Our inability to raise prices may adversely affect our results of operations. 

Our ability to raise prices for our products may be adversely affected by a number of factors, including but not limited to 
industry supply, market demand and promotional and other pricing activity by competitors. If we are unable to increase prices for 
our products as may be necessary to cover cost increases, our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, price 
increases typically generate lower sales volumes as customers purchase fewer units. If these losses are greater than expected or if 
we lose distribution as a result of a price increase, our results of operations could be adversely affected. 

Loss of a significant customer may adversely affect our results of operations.

A limited number of customer accounts represents a large percentage of our consolidated net sales. Our largest customer, 
Walmart, accounted for approximately 13% of our net sales in fiscal 2017. Walmart is also the largest customer of our Post Consumer 
Brands segment, accounting for approximately 29% of Post Consumer Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2017. Additionally, the largest 
customers of our Michael Foods Group segment, Sysco and US Foods, accounted for approximately 27% of its net sales in fiscal 
2017, and the largest customers of our Active Nutrition segment, Costco and Sam’s Club, accounted for approximately 57% of 
the Active Nutrition segment’s net sales in fiscal 2017. The largest customers of our Private Brands segment, Whole Foods and 
Aldi, accounted for approximately 26% of Private Brands’ net sales in fiscal 2017. The largest customers of our Weetabix segment, 
Tesco and Asda, accounted for approximately 32% of Weetabix’s net sales in fiscal 2017. 

The success of our businesses depends, in part, on our ability to maintain our level of sales and product distribution through 
high-volume food distributors, retailers, super centers and mass merchandisers. The competition to supply products to these high-
volume stores is intense. Currently, we do not have long-term supply agreements with a substantial number of our retail customers, 
including our largest customers. These high-volume stores and mass merchandisers frequently reevaluate the products they carry. 
A decision by our major customers to decrease the amount of merchandise purchased from us, sell a national brand on an exclusive 
basis or change the manner of doing business with us could reduce our revenues and materially adversely affect our results of 
operations. In addition, our customers offer branded and private label products that compete directly with our products for retail 
shelf space and consumer purchases. Accordingly, there is a risk that our customers may give higher priority to their own products 
or to the products of our competitors. In the event of a loss of any of our large customers, or the bankruptcy or serious financial 
difficulty of any of our large customers, our sales may be adversely affected. 

Consolidation among the retail grocery and foodservice industries may hurt profit margins. 

Over the past several years, the retail grocery and foodservice industries have undergone significant consolidations and mass 
merchandisers and non-traditional grocers are gaining market share. As this trend continues and such customers grow larger, they 
may seek to use their position to improve their profitability through improved efficiency, lower pricing, increased reliance on their 
own brand name products, increased emphasis on generic and other value brands and increased promotional programs. If we are 
unable to respond to these requirements, our profitability or volume growth could be negatively impacted. Additionally, if the 
surviving entity is not a customer, we may lose significant business once held with the acquired retailer. 

Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments operate in the mature RTE cereal category, and the failure or 
weakening of this category could materially adversely affect our financial results. 

Our Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments together produce and distribute branded, licensed and private label RTE 
cereal and hot cereals, other cereal-based food products and muesli, selling products to grocery stores, discounters, big box retailers, 
foodservice distributors, wholesalers and convenience stores across the United States, Puerto Rico, Canada, Mexico, the United 
Kingdom, Ireland and the rest of the world. The RTE cereal category has experienced weakness in recent years, and we expect 
this trend may continue. Although we expect to achieve synergies in connection with our acquisition of the Weetabix Group, 
continuing weakness in the RTE cereal category, or the weakening of our major products competing in this category, could have 
a material adverse impact on our business. 

12

Our private label products may not be able to compete successfully with nationally branded products.

Our Private Brands segment, and several of our other segments, produce and distribute private label products. In many cases, 
competitors with nationally branded products have a competitive advantage over private label products due to name recognition. 
In addition, when branded competitors focus on price and promotion, the environment for private label producers becomes more 
challenging  because  the  price  differential  between  private  label  products  and  branded  products  may  become  less  significant. 
Competitive pressures or promotions of branded products could cause us to lose sales, which may require us to lower prices or 
increase the use of our own discounting or promotional programs, each of which would adversely affect our margins and could 
result in a decrease in our operating results and profitability.

Disruption of our supply chain and changes in weather conditions could have an adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

In coordination with our suppliers, business partners and contract manufacturers, our ability to make, move and sell products 
is critical to our success. Damage or disruption to our collective manufacturing or distribution capabilities resulting from weather, 
any  potential  effects  of  climate  change,  natural  disaster,  disease,  fire,  explosion,  terrorism,  pandemics,  strikes,  repairs  or 
enhancements at our facilities, or other reasons, could impair our ability to manufacture or sell our products. 

Changes in weather conditions and natural disasters, such as floods, droughts, frosts, earthquakes, hurricanes, tornadoes, fires 
or pestilence, also may affect the cost and supply of commodities and raw materials, including grains, eggs, potatoes, tree nuts, 
corn syrup and sugar. Additionally, these events can result in reduced supplies of raw materials and lower recoveries of usable raw 
materials. Competing manufacturers can be affected differently by weather conditions and natural disasters depending on the 
location of their suppliers and operations. Failure to take adequate steps to reduce the likelihood or mitigate the potential impact 
of such events, or to effectively manage such events if they occur, particularly when a product is sourced from a single location, 
could adversely affect our business and results of operations, and/or require additional resources to restore our supply chain.

We are currently dependent on third party manufacturers to manufacture many products for our business. Our business could 
suffer as a result of a third party manufacturer’s inability to produce our products for us on time and to our specifications.

Our business relies on independent third parties for the manufacture of many products, such as protein bars, shakes and 
powders, breakfast drinks and certain cereal and granola products. Our business could be materially affected if we fail to develop 
or maintain our relationships with these third parties, if these third parties fail to comply with governmental regulations applicable 
to  the  manufacturing  of  our  products,  or  if  any  of  these  third  parties  ceases  doing  business  with  us  or  goes  out  of  business. 
Additionally, we cannot be certain that we will not experience operational difficulties with these third party manufacturers, such 
as increases in manufacturing costs, reductions in the availability of production capacity, errors in complying with merchandise 
specifications, insufficient quality control and failure to meet production deadlines. The inability of a third party manufacturer to 
ship orders in a timely manner, in desirable quantities or to meet our safety, quality and social compliance standards or regulatory 
requirements could have a material adverse impact on our business. 

Termination of our material licenses would have a material adverse effect on our business. 

We market certain of our products in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom and several other locations pursuant to 
intellectual property license agreements. These licenses give us the right to use certain names, characters and logos in connection 
with our products and to sell the products in certain regions. If we were to breach any material term of these license agreements 
and not timely cure the breach, the licensor could terminate the agreement. If the licensor were to terminate our rights to use the 
names, characters and logos for this reason or any other reason, the loss of such rights could have a material adverse effect on our 
business.  

Pending and future litigation may lead us to incur significant costs. 

We are, or may become, party to various lawsuits and claims arising in the normal course of business, which may include 
lawsuits  or  claims  relating  to  contracts,  intellectual  property,  product  recalls,  product  liability,  false  or  deceptive  advertising, 
employment matters, environmental matters or other aspects of our business. In addition, we may be required to pay damage 
awards or settlements or become subject to injunctions or other equitable remedies, which could have a material adverse effect on 
our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. The outcome of litigation is often difficult to predict, and the outcome 
of pending or future litigation may have a material adverse effect on our financial position, cash flows or results of operations. 

Although we have various insurance programs in place, the potential liabilities associated with these litigation matters, or 
those that could arise in the future, could be excluded from coverage or, if covered, could exceed the coverage provided by such 
programs. In addition, insurance carriers may seek to rescind or deny coverage with respect to pending or future claims or lawsuits. 
If we do not have sufficient coverage under our policies, or if coverage is denied, we may be required to make material payments 
to settle litigation or satisfy any judgment. Any of these consequences could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial 
condition and results of operations. 

13

Our international operations subject us to additional risks.

As a result of various acquisitions, we now have larger operations outside of the U.S. We are accordingly subject to a number 

of risks related to doing business internationally, any of which could significantly harm our business. These risks include: 

•

•

•

restriction on the transfer of funds to and from foreign countries, including potentially negative tax consequences;

foreign exchange controls and currency exchange rates;

increased exposure to general market and economic conditions outside of the U.S.;

• political uncertainty and volatility;

• compliance with anti-corruption regulations (including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act and the U.K. Bribery Act);

• data security; and

• unfavorable and/or changing foreign tax treaties and policies.

Our financial performance on a U.S. dollar denominated basis is subject to fluctuations in currency exchange rates. Our 

principal exposure is to the British pound sterling, the Canadian dollar and the Euro.

Global capital and credit market issues could negatively affect our liquidity, increase our costs of borrowing and disrupt the 
operations of our suppliers and customers. 

U.S. and global credit markets have, from time to time, experienced significant dislocations and liquidity disruptions which 
caused the spreads on prospective debt financings to widen considerably. These circumstances materially impacted liquidity in 
the debt markets, making financing terms for borrowers less attractive and in certain cases resulted in the unavailability of certain 
types of debt financing. Events affecting the credit markets also have had an adverse effect on other financial markets in the U.S., 
which may make it more difficult or costly for us to raise capital through the issuance of common stock or other equity securities 
or refinance our existing debt, sell our assets or borrow more money if necessary. Our business also could be negatively impacted 
if our suppliers or customers experience disruptions resulting from tighter capital and credit markets or a slowdown in the general 
economy. Any of these risks could impair our ability to fund our operations or limit our ability to expand our business or increase 
our interest expense, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial results.

Changing currency exchange rates may adversely affect our earnings and financial position. 

We have operations and assets in the U.S. as well as foreign jurisdictions, and a portion of our contracts and revenues are 
denominated in foreign currencies. Our consolidated financial statements are presented in U.S. dollars. We therefore must translate 
our foreign assets, liabilities, revenue and expenses into U.S. dollars at applicable exchange rates. Consequently, fluctuations in 
the value of foreign currencies relative to the U.S. dollar may negatively affect the value of these items in our consolidated financial 
statements. To the extent we fail to manage our foreign currency exposure adequately, we may suffer losses in value of our net 
foreign currency investment, and our consolidated results of operations and financial position may be negatively affected.  

The uncertainty surrounding the implementation and effect of Brexit may cause increased economic volatility, affecting our 
operations and business. 

The results of the referendum relating to the membership of the United Kingdom in the European Union, advising for the exit 
of the United Kingdom from the European Union (“Brexit”), may cause disruptions to and create uncertainty surrounding our 
business, including affecting our relationships with our existing and future customers, suppliers and employees. The effects of 
Brexit will depend on any agreements the United Kingdom makes to retain access to European Union markets either during a 
transitional period or more permanently. The measures could potentially disrupt the markets we serve and may cause us to lose 
customers, suppliers and employees. In addition, Brexit could lead to legal uncertainty and potentially divergent national laws and 
regulations as the United Kingdom determines which European Union laws to replace or replicate.

These developments may have a material adverse effect on global economic conditions and the stability of global financial 
markets, and may significantly reduce global market liquidity and restrict the ability of key market participants to operate in certain 
financial markets. Any of these factors could depress economic activity and restrict our access to capital, which could have a 
material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Impairment in the carrying value of intangible assets could negatively impact our net worth. If our goodwill, other intangible 
assets or other long-term assets become impaired, we will be required to record additional impairment charges, which may be 
significant. 

Our balance sheet includes a significant amount of intangible assets, including goodwill, trademarks, trade names and other 
acquired intangibles. Intangibles and goodwill expected to contribute indefinitely to our cash flows are not amortized, but our 
management reviews them for impairment on an annual basis or whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their 

14

carrying value may be impaired. Impairments to intangible assets may be caused by factors outside of our control, such as increasing 
competitive pricing pressures, lower than expected revenue and profit growth rates, changes in industry EBITDA and revenue 
multiples, changes in discount rates based on changes in cost of capital (interest rates, etc.) or the bankruptcy of a significant 
customer. These factors, along with other internal and external factors, could negatively impact our net worth and could have a 
significant  impact  on  our  fair  value  determination,  which  could  then  result  in  a  material  impairment  charge  in  our  results  of 
operations. In fiscal 2017, we had an impairment of goodwill and no impairment of intangible assets. In fiscal 2016, we had no 
impairments of goodwill or intangible assets. During fiscal 2015, we had an impairment of both goodwill and trademark intangible 
assets. We could have additional impairments in the future. See further discussion of these impairments in MD&A and Notes 2 
and 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” contained in this report.

Unusual agricultural diseases (such as avian influenza) and/or pests could harm our business. 

Many of our business activities are subject to a variety of agricultural risks, including disease and pests, which can adversely 
affect the quality and quantity of the raw materials we use, as well as the food products we produce and distribute. Any actual or 
potential contamination of our products could result in product recalls, market withdrawals, safety alerts, cessation of manufacturing 
and/or distribution or, if we fail to comply with applicable FDA, USDA  or other regulatory authority requirements, enforcement 
actions. We also could be subject to product liability claims or adverse publicity if any of our products are alleged to have caused 
illness or injury.

Avian influenza occasionally affects the domestic poultry industry, leading to hen deaths. In 2015, an avian influenza outbreak 
occurred in the midwest of the United States affecting a substantial portion of our Michael Foods Group’s owned and third party 
contracted flocks. Although we utilize biosecurity measures at our layer locations to protect against disease exposures, if our 
facilities are exposed to diseases and pests, such exposure could affect a substantial portion of our production facilities in any year 
and could have a material adverse effect on our business, prospects, results of operations and financial condition.

We  may  not  be  able  to  operate  successfully  if  we  lose  key  personnel,  are  unable  to  hire  qualified  additional personnel  or 
experience turnover of our management team. 

We are highly dependent on our ability to attract and retain qualified personnel to operate and expand our business. If we lose 
one or more members of our senior management team, or if we fail to attract new employees, our business and financial position, 
results of operations or cash flows could be harmed. 

Labor strikes or work stoppages by our employees could harm our business. 

Some of our full-time production and maintenance employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. A dispute 
with a union or employees represented by a union could result in production interruptions caused by work stoppages. If a strike 
or work stoppage were to occur, our results of operations could be adversely affected. In addition, we could be subject to unionization 
efforts at our non-union facilities. Increased unionization of our workforce could lead to disruptions in our business, increases in 
our operating costs and/or constraints on our operating flexibility.

In the event of a work stoppage, we have contingency plans in place to manufacture products in other locations to mitigate 
disruption to the business. However, there are limitations inherent in any plan to mitigate disruption to our business in the event 
of a work stoppage and, particularly in the case of a prolonged work stoppage, there can be no assurance that it would not have a 
material adverse effect on our results of operations. 

We may experience losses or be subject to increased funding and expenses to our qualified pension and other post-retirement 
plans, which could negatively impact profits. 

We maintain qualified defined benefit plans in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom primarily for our Post 
Consumer Brands and Weetabix businesses, and we are obligated to ensure that these plans are funded or paid in accordance with 
applicable regulations. In the event the assets in which we invest do not perform according to expectations, or the valuation of the 
projected benefit obligation increases due to changes in interest rates or other factors, we may be required to make significant cash 
contributions to these plans and recognize increased expense on our financial statements.  

Increases in costs of medical and other employee health and welfare benefits may reduce our profitability.

With approximately 11,410 employees, our profitability is substantially affected by costs of medical and other health and 
welfare benefits for these employees as well as certain former employees. These costs can vary substantially as a result of changes 
in health care laws, costs and experience. These factors may increase the cost of providing medical and other employee health and 
welfare benefits. We can provide no assurance that we will succeed in limiting future cost increases. If we do not succeed, our 
profitability could be negatively affected.

15

Technology failures and corruption of our data privacy protections could disrupt our operations and negatively impact our 
business. 

We rely on information technology networks and systems to process, transmit and store electronic and financial information, 
to manage and support a variety of business processes and activities, and to comply with regulatory, legal and tax requirements. 
For  example,  our  production  and  distribution  facilities  and  inventory  management  utilize  information  technology  to  increase 
efficiencies  and  limit  costs.  Furthermore,  a  significant  portion  of  the  communications  between  our  personnel,  customers  and 
suppliers depends on information technology. Some of our information technology needs are outsourced to third parties. Our and 
our third party vendors’ information technology systems may be vulnerable to a variety of interruptions due to events beyond our 
or their control, including, but not limited to, natural disasters, terrorist attacks, telecommunications failures, computer viruses, 
hackers and other security issues. Such interruptions could negatively impact our business. 

If we do not allocate and effectively manage the resources necessary to build and sustain the proper technology infrastructure 
and to maintain and protect the related automated and manual control processes, or if one of our third party service providers fails 
to provide the services we require, we could be subject to billing and collection errors, business disruptions or damage resulting 
from security breaches. If any of our significant information technology systems suffers severe damage, disruption or shutdown, 
and our business continuity plans do not effectively resolve the issues in a timely manner, our product sales, financial condition 
and results of operations may be materially and adversely affected, and we could experience delays in reporting our financial 
results. In addition, there is a risk of business interruption, litigation and reputational damage from leaks of confidential or personal 
information. Although we have not detected a material security breach to date, we have been the target of events of this nature and 
expect them to continue.

We also are subject to an evolving body of federal, state and foreign laws, regulations, guidelines and principles regarding data 
privacy and security. A data breach or inability on our part to comply with such laws, regulations, guidelines and principles, or to 
quickly adapt our practices to reflect them as they develop, could potentially subject us to significant liabilities and reputational 
harm. Several foreign governments, including the European Union, have regulations dealing with the collection and use of personal 
information obtained from their citizens, and we cannot assure you that we, our business partners or third parties engaged by us 
will successfully comply with such laws. 

Our intellectual property rights are valuable and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products and 
brands. 

We consider our intellectual property rights, particularly our trademarks, but also our patents, trade secrets, copyrights and 
licenses, to be a significant and valuable asset of our business. We attempt to protect our intellectual property rights through a 
combination of patent, trademark, copyright and trade secret laws, as well as licensing agreements, third party nondisclosure and 
assignment agreements and the policing of third party misuses of our intellectual property. Our failure to obtain or maintain adequate 
protection of our intellectual property rights, or any change in law or other changes that serve to lessen or remove the current legal 
protections of intellectual property, may diminish our competitiveness and could materially harm our business. 

We face the risk of claims that we have infringed third parties’ intellectual property rights. Any claims of intellectual property 
infringement, even those without merit, could be expensive and time consuming to defend; cause us to cease making, licensing 
or using products that incorporate the challenged intellectual property; require us to redesign or rebrand our products or packaging, 
if feasible; divert management’s attention and resources; or require us to enter into royalty or licensing agreements in order to 
obtain the right to use a third party’s intellectual property. Any royalty or licensing agreements, if required, may not be available 
to us on acceptable terms or at all. Additionally, a successful claim of infringement against us could result in our being required 
to pay significant damages, enter into costly license or royalty agreements or stop the sale of certain products, any or all of which 
could have a negative impact on our operating profits and harm our future prospects.

Media campaigns related to food production and the use or misuse of social media may have an adverse effect on our business 
and financial results.

Media outlets, including new social media platforms, provide the opportunity for individuals or organizations to publicize 
inappropriate or inaccurate stories or perceptions about us or the food industry. Such practices have the ability to cause damage 
to our brands, the industry generally, or consumers’ perceptions of us or the food production industry and may result in negative 
publicity and adversely affect our financial results. In addition, our competitors are increasingly using social media networks to 
advertise products. If we are unable to compete in this environment, it could adversely affect our financial results. 

We are subject to environmental laws and regulations that can impose significant costs and expose us to potential financial 
liabilities. 

We are subject to extensive federal, state, local and foreign laws and regulations relating to the protection of human health 
and the environment, including those limiting the discharge and release of pollutants into the environment and those regulating 
the transport, storage, disposal and remediation of, and exposure to, solid and hazardous wastes. In addition, our Michael Foods 

16

business is subject to particular federal and state requirements governing animal feeding operations and the management of animal 
waste. Certain environmental laws and regulations can impose joint and several liability without regard to fault on responsible 
parties, including past and present owners and operators of sites, related to cleaning up sites at which hazardous materials were 
disposed of or released. Failure to comply with environmental laws and regulations could result in severe fines and penalties by 
governments or courts of law. In addition, future laws may more stringently regulate the emission of greenhouse gases, particularly 
carbon dioxide and methane. We cannot predict the impact that such regulation may have, or that climate change may otherwise 
have, on our business. 

Future events, such as new or more stringent environmental laws and regulations, new environmental claims, the discovery 
of currently unknown environmental conditions requiring response action or more vigorous interpretations or enforcement of 
existing environmental laws and regulations, might require us to incur additional costs that could have a material adverse effect 
on our financial results. 

Climate change, or legal or market measures to address climate change, may negatively affect our business and operations.

There is growing concern that carbon dioxide and other greenhouse gases in the atmosphere may have an adverse impact on 
global temperatures, weather patterns, and the frequency and severity of extreme weather and natural disasters. If any of these 
climate changes has a negative effect on agricultural productivity, we may be subject to decreased availability or less favorable 
pricing for certain commodities that are necessary for our products, such as wheat, oats and other grain products. The increasing 
concern over climate change also may result in more federal, state, local and/or foreign legal requirements to reduce or mitigate 
the effects of greenhouse gases. In the event that such laws are enacted, we may experience significant increases in our costs of 
operation and delivery. As a result, climate change could negatively affect our business and operations.

Our actual operating results may differ significantly from our guidance.

From time to time, we release guidance regarding our future performance or the expected future performance of companies 
or businesses that we have agreed to acquire. This guidance, which consists of forward-looking statements, is prepared by our 
management and is qualified by, and subject to, the assumptions and the other information contained or referred to in such release 
and the factors described under “Forward-Looking Statements” in our current and periodic reports filed with the SEC. Our guidance 
is not prepared with a view toward compliance with published guidelines of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, 
and neither our independent registered public accounting firm nor any other independent expert or outside party compiles or 
examines the guidance and, accordingly, no such person expresses any opinion or any other form of assurance with respect thereto. 

Guidance  is  based  upon  a  number  of  assumptions  and  estimates  that,  although  presented  with  numerical  specificity,  are 
inherently subject to business, economic and competitive uncertainties and contingencies, many of which are beyond our control 
and are based upon specific assumptions with respect to future business decisions, some of which will change. We generally state 
possible outcomes as high and low ranges which are intended to provide a sensitivity analysis as variables are changed but are not 
intended to represent that actual results could not fall outside of the suggested ranges. The principal reason that we release this 
data is to provide a basis for our management to discuss our business outlook with analysts and investors. We do not accept any 
responsibility for any projections or reports published by any such persons. 

Guidance is necessarily speculative in nature, and it can be expected that some or all of the assumptions of the guidance 
furnished by us will not materialize or will vary significantly from actual results. Accordingly, our guidance is only an estimate 
of what management believes is realizable as of the date of release. Actual results will vary from the guidance. Investors also 
should recognize that the reliability of any forecasted financial data diminishes the farther in the future that the data is forecast. 
In light of the foregoing, investors are urged to put the guidance in context and not to place undue reliance on it. 

Any failure to successfully implement our operating strategy or the occurrence of any of the events or circumstances set forth 
in this report could result in actual operating results being different than the guidance, and such differences may be adverse and 
material. 

If we are unable to continue to satisfy the requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or our internal 
control over financial reporting is not effective, the reliability of our financial statements may be questioned, and our stock 
price may suffer.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (“SOX”) requires any company subject to the reporting requirements of the 
U.S. securities laws to perform a comprehensive evaluation of its and its consolidated subsidiaries’ internal control over financial 
reporting. To comply with this statute, we are required to document and test our internal control procedures, our management is 
required to assess and issue a report concerning our internal control over financial reporting, and our independent registered public 
accounting firm is required to issue an opinion on its audit of our internal control over financial reporting. 

The rules governing the standards that must be met for management to assess our internal control over financial reporting are 
complex and require significant documentation, testing and possible remediation to meet the detailed standards under the rules. 
During the course of its testing, our management may identify material weaknesses or significant deficiencies which may not be 

17

remedied in time to meet the annual deadline imposed by SOX. If our management cannot favorably assess the effectiveness of 
our internal control over financial reporting or our independent registered public accounting firm identifies material weaknesses 
in our internal controls, investor confidence in our financial results may weaken, and our stock price may consequently suffer. As 
of September 30, 2017, management determined that our internal control over financial reporting was effective. 

We have recently acquired a company that was not subject to SOX regulations and, therefore, it may lack the internal controls 
of a U.S. public company, which could ultimately affect our ability to ensure compliance with the requirements of Section 404 
of SOX.

We have recently acquired a company that was not previously subject to SOX regulations and accordingly was not required 
to establish and maintain an internal control infrastructure meeting the standards promulgated under SOX. Our assessment of and 
conclusion on the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017 did not include the internal 
controls of the Weetabix Group, which was acquired during our fiscal year ended September 30, 2017 and will be included in our 
assessment  of  and  conclusion  on  the  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  for  the  fiscal  year  ending 
September 30, 2018. 

Although our management will continue to review and evaluate the effectiveness of our internal controls in light of this 
acquisition, we cannot provide any assurances that there will be no significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal 
control over financial reporting. Any significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in the internal control structure of our acquired 
businesses may cause significant deficiencies or material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, which could 
have a material adverse effect on our business and our ability to comply with Section 404 of SOX.

Actions of shareholders could cause us to incur substantial costs, divert management’s attention and resources, and have an 
adverse effect on our business.

From time to time, we may be subject to proposals and other requests from shareholders urging us to take certain corporate 
actions, including proposals seeking to influence our corporate policies or effecting a change in our management. In the event of 
such shareholder proposals, particularly with respect to matters which our management and Board of Directors, in exercising their 
fiduciary duties, disagree with or have determined not to pursue, our business could be adversely affected because responding to 
actions and requests of shareholders can be costly and time-consuming, disrupting our operations and diverting the attention of 
management and our employees.  Additionally, perceived uncertainties as to our future direction may result in the loss of potential 
business opportunities and may make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel, business partners and customers.

Risks Related to the Bob Evans Acquisition

Our pending acquisition of Bob Evans is subject to the satisfaction of certain conditions, including the approval of Bob Evans’s 
stockholders,  and  may  not  be  consummated,  and  if  not  consummated  under  certain  circumstances,  we  may  be  subject  to 
monetary or other damages under the merger agreement. 

On  September  19,  2017,  we  announced  that  we  had  entered  into  a  definitive  merger  agreement  to  acquire  Bob  Evans. 
Completion of this acquisition is subject to certain conditions, including the approval of Bob Evans’s stockholders and the expiration 
of any  waiting periods under  the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of  1976 (the “HSR Act”). Our obligation to 
complete the acquisition is also subject to certain additional customary conditions, including, subject to specific standards, the 
accuracy of Bob Evans’s representations and warranties, performance in all material respects by Bob Evans of its obligations under 
the merger agreement and the absence of any “Company Material Adverse Effect” (as defined in the merger agreement) with 
respect to Bob Evans since the date of the merger agreement. Completion of the acquisition is not subject to a vote of our shareholders.

The Bob Evans acquisition is expected to be completed in the first calendar quarter of 2018, the second quarter of our fiscal 
year 2018. There can be no assurance, however, that all of the closing conditions for the acquisition will be satisfied and, if they 
are satisfied, that they will be satisfied in time for the closing to occur during the period noted above. In addition, stockholders of 
Bob Evans have brought litigation against Bob Evans and us in connection with the acquisition. Shareholder litigation has the 
potential to delay the timing or occurrence of the acquisition. The merger agreement contains certain termination rights, including 
that either we or Bob Evans may terminate the merger agreement if (i) the acquisition is not completed on or prior to September 
18,  2018,  subject  to  extension  for  an  additional  three-month  period  for  the  purpose  of  obtaining  regulatory  approvals  and/or 
addressing  certain  impediments  to  the  acquisition,  (ii)  a  governmental  entity  has  issued  an  order  or  taken  any  other  action 
permanently restraining, enjoining or otherwise prohibiting the acquisition and such order or other action has become final and 
non-appealable or (iii) the acquisition is not approved by the stockholders of Bob Evans at its stockholders’ meeting.

Our ability to obtain any financing to fund a portion of the purchase price is not a condition to closing under the merger 
agreement. However, if we are unable to obtain sufficient financing or experience a significant diminution of our existing cash 
and cash equivalents or other sources of capital, and as a result we do not have sufficient funds to complete the acquisition of Bob 
Evans, we may be subject to monetary or other damages under the merger agreement as a result of our failure to complete the 
acquisition.

18

We may be unable to obtain the regulatory clearances required to complete the Bob Evans acquisition or, in order to do so, we 
or Bob Evans may be required to comply with material restrictions or satisfy material conditions. 

The Bob Evans acquisition is subject to review by the U.S. Department of Justice and the Federal Trade Commission under 
the HSR Act. The closing of the acquisition is subject to the condition that the applicable waiting period, and any applicable 
extensions thereof, under the HSR Act have expired or been duly terminated. We cannot provide any assurance that all required 
HSR Act clearances will be obtained. There can be no assurance as to the cost, scope or impact of the actions that may be required 
to obtain antitrust approval. In addition, the merger agreement provides that we are not required to commit to dispositions of assets 
in order to obtain regulatory clearance. If we determine to take such actions in order to close the acquisition, it could be detrimental 
to the combined organization following the consummation of the acquisition. Furthermore, these actions could have the effect of 
delaying or preventing completion of the proposed acquisition or imposing additional costs on or limiting the revenues or cash of 
the combined organization following the consummation of the acquisition. However, if clearance under the HSR Act is not obtained 
and the merger agreement is terminated under specified circumstances, we could be liable to Bob Evans for a reverse termination 
fee of $50.0 million.

Even if the parties receive early termination of the statutory waiting period under the HSR Act or the waiting period required 
expires, the Department of Justice, the Federal Trade Commission, or other regulatory authorities could take action under the 
antitrust laws to prevent or rescind the acquisition, require the divestiture of assets or seek other remedies. Additionally, state 
attorneys general could seek to block or challenge the Bob Evans acquisition as they deem necessary or desirable in the public 
interest at any time, including after completion of the transaction. In addition, in some circumstances, a third party could initiate 
a private action under antitrust laws challenging or seeking to enjoin the merger, before or after it is completed. We may not prevail 
and may incur significant costs in defending or settling any action under the antitrust laws. 

We may be unable to integrate the Bob Evans business successfully and realize the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. 

The pending acquisition of Bob Evans involves the combination of two companies that have operated independently. We will 
be required to devote significant management attention and resources to integrating business practices, cultures and operations of 
each business. The reorganization of the structure of our Michael Foods business and Bob Evans to combine the refrigerated retail 
businesses of Michael Foods and Bob Evans as a single operating unit and the commercial foodservice businesses of Michael 
Foods and Bob Evans as a separate single operating unit will be particularly complex. Potential difficulties we may encounter as 
part of the integration process include the following: 

•

•

•

the inability to successfully combine our business with that of Bob Evans in a manner that permits us to achieve the
synergies and other benefits anticipated to result from the acquisition;

the  challenge  of  integrating  complex  systems,  operating  procedures,  regulatory  compliance  programs,  technology,
networks and other assets of Bob Evans in a seamless manner that minimizes any adverse impact on customers, suppliers,
employees and other constituencies;

potential unknown liabilities, liabilities that are significantly larger than we currently anticipate and unforeseen increased
expenses or delays associated with the acquisition, including cash costs to integrate the two businesses that may exceed
the cash costs that we currently anticipate; and

• we have no post-closing indemnification or similar rights under the merger agreement we entered into with Bob Evans
with respect to the representations and warranties Bob Evans made in the merger agreement with respect to its business,
so we will have no recourse against Bob Evans’s management or  stockholders in the event any of the representations or
warranties made by Bob Evans in the merger agreement prove to be inaccurate or are breached.

Accordingly, the contemplated benefits of the pending Bob Evans acquisition may not be realized fully, or at all, or may take 

longer to realize than expected.

Failure to complete the Bob Evans acquisition could impact our stock price and our future business and financial results. 

If the acquisition of Bob Evans is not completed, our ongoing business and financial results may be adversely affected and 

we will be subject to a number of risks, including the following: 

•

depending on the reasons for the failure to complete the Bob Evans acquisition, we could be liable to Bob Evans for
monetary or other damages in connection with the termination or breach of the merger agreement, including a reverse
termination fee of $50.0 million;

• we have dedicated significant time and resources, financial and otherwise, in planning for the acquisition and the associated

integration, of which we would lose the benefit if the acquisition is not completed;

• we are responsible for certain transaction costs relating to the Bob Evans acquisition, whether or not the acquisition is

completed;

19

• while the merger agreement is in force, we are subject to certain restrictions on the conduct of our business, including
our ability to make any other significant acquisition which would reasonably be expected to prevent or delay, or otherwise
materially increase the risk of preventing or delaying, the consummation of the Bob Evans acquisition, which restrictions
may adversely affect our ability to execute certain of our business strategies; and

• matters relating to the acquisition (including integration planning) may require substantial commitments of time and
resources by our management, whether or not the acquisition is completed, which could otherwise have been devoted to
other opportunities that may have been beneficial to us.

In addition, if the Bob Evans acquisition is not completed, we may experience negative reactions from the financial markets 
and from our customers and employees. We also may be subject to litigation related to any failure to complete the acquisition or 
to enforcement proceedings commenced against us to perform our obligations under the merger agreement. If the acquisition is 
not completed, these risks may materialize and may adversely affect our business, financial results and financial condition, as well 
as the price of our common stock. 

Risks Related to our Indebtedness 

We have substantial debt and high leverage, which could have a negative impact on our financing options and liquidity position 
and which could adversely affect our business.

We have a significant amount of debt. We had $7,212.2 million in aggregate principal amount of total debt as of September 30, 
2017. Additionally, our secured revolving credit facility has borrowing capacity of $790.0 million at September 30, 2017 (all of 
which would be secured when drawn).

Our overall leverage and the terms of our financing arrangements could: 

•

limit our ability to obtain additional financing in the future for working capital, capital expenditures, acquisitions, to fund
growth or for general corporate purposes, even when necessary to maintain adequate liquidity, particularly if any ratings
assigned to our debt securities by rating organizations were revised downward;

• make it more difficult for us to satisfy our obligations under the terms of our financing arrangements;

•

•

•

•

•

limit our ability to refinance our indebtedness on terms acceptable to us or at all;

limit our flexibility to plan for and to adjust to changing business and market conditions in the industries in which we
operate and increase our vulnerability to general adverse economic and industry conditions;

require us to dedicate a substantial portion of our cash flow from operations to make interest and principal payments on
our debt, thereby limiting the availability of our cash flow to fund future investments, capital expenditures, working
capital, business activities and other general corporate requirements;

increase our vulnerability to adverse economic or industry conditions; and

subject us to higher levels of indebtedness than our competitors, which may cause a competitive disadvantage and may
reduce our flexibility in responding to increased competition.

Our ability to meet expenses and debt service obligations will depend on our future performance, which will be affected by 
financial, business, economic and other factors, including potential changes in consumer preferences, the success of product and 
marketing innovation and pressure from competitors. If we do not generate enough cash to pay our debt service obligations, we 
may be required to refinance all or part of our existing debt, sell assets, borrow more money or raise additional equity.

Despite our current level of indebtedness, we may be able to incur substantially more debt, which could further exacerbate the 
risks described above.

 We may be able to incur significant additional indebtedness in the future. Although the financing arrangements governing 
our indebtedness contain restrictions on our ability to incur additional indebtedness, these restrictions are subject to a number of 
qualifications and exceptions, and the additional indebtedness incurred in compliance with these restrictions could be substantial. 
These restrictions also will not prevent us from incurring obligations that do not constitute indebtedness, as defined in the documents 
governing our indebtedness.

The agreements governing our debt, including the indentures governing our senior notes, contain, or may in future financings 
contain, various covenants that limit our ability to take certain actions and also require us to meet financial maintenance tests, 
and failure to comply with these covenants could have a material adverse effect on us. 

Our financing arrangements contain restrictions, covenants and events of default that, among other things, require us to satisfy 
certain financial tests and maintain certain financial ratios and restrict our ability to incur additional indebtedness and to refinance 
our existing indebtedness. Financing arrangements which we enter into in the future could contain similar restrictions and could 

20

additionally require us to comply with similar, new or additional financial tests or to maintain similar, new or additional financial 
ratios.  The  terms  of  our  financing  arrangements,  financing  arrangements  which  we  enter  into  in  the  future  and  any  future 
indebtedness may impose various restrictions and covenants on us that could limit our ability to pay dividends, respond to market 
conditions, provide for capital investment needs or take advantage of business opportunities by limiting the amount of additional 
borrowings we may incur. These restrictions include compliance with, or maintenance of, certain financial tests and ratios and 
may limit or prohibit our ability to, among other things:

• borrow money or guarantee debt;

•

create liens;

• pay dividends on or redeem or repurchase stock or other securities;

• make investments and acquisitions;

•

•

•

•

enter into or permit to exist contractual limits on the ability of our subsidiaries to pay dividends to us;

enter into new lines of business;

enter into transactions with affiliates; and

sell assets or merge with other companies.

Various  risks,  uncertainties  and  events  beyond  our  control  could  affect  our  ability  to  comply  with  these  restrictions  and
covenants. Failure to comply with any of the restrictions and covenants in our existing or future financing arrangements could 
result in a default under those arrangements and under other arrangements containing cross-default provisions. 

Our credit agreement contains customary financial covenants, including a covenant requiring us to maintain a senior secured 
leverage ratio not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of any fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, 
the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain 
exceptions specified in the credit agreement) exceeds 30% of our revolving credit commitments. Our credit agreement permits us, 
subject to certain exceptions, to incur additional unsecured debt only if, among other conditions, our consolidated interest coverage 
ratio, calculated as provided in our credit agreement, would be greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to such new 
debt. The indentures that govern our senior notes contain a similar restriction. 

A default would permit lenders to accelerate the maturity of the debt under these arrangements and to foreclose upon any 
collateral securing the debt. Under these circumstances, we might not have sufficient funds or other resources to satisfy all of our 
obligations, including our obligations under our indentures, credit agreement and convertible preferred stock. In addition, the 
limitations imposed by financing agreements on our ability to incur additional debt and to take other actions might significantly 
impair our ability to obtain other financing. 

To service our indebtedness and other cash needs, we will require a significant amount of cash. Our ability to generate cash 
depends on many factors beyond our control. 

Our ability to pay interest on our outstanding senior notes, to satisfy our other debt obligations, and to fund any planned capital 
expenditures, dividends and other cash needs will depend in part upon the future financial and operating performance of our 
subsidiaries  and  upon  our  ability  to  renew  or  refinance  borrowings.  Prevailing  economic  conditions  and  financial,  business, 
competitive, legislative, regulatory and other factors, many of which are beyond our control, will affect our ability to make these 
payments. 

If we are unable to make payments or refinance our debt or obtain new financing under these circumstances, we may consider 

other options, including: 

•

•

•

sales of assets;

sales of equity;

reduction or delay of capital expenditures, strategic acquisitions, investments and alliances; or

• negotiations with our lenders to restructure the applicable debt.

Our business may not generate sufficient cash flow from operations, and future borrowings may not be available to us in an
amount sufficient to enable us to pay our indebtedness, including the senior notes and our other debt obligations, or to fund our 
other liquidity needs. We may need to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness on or before maturity. We may not be able to 
refinance any of our debt on commercially reasonable terms or at all. 

21

Risks Related to Our Common Stock

Your percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future.

As with any publicly traded company, our shareholders’ percentage ownership in Post may be diluted in the future because 
of equity issuances for acquisitions, capital market transactions or otherwise, including equity awards that we expect will be granted 
to our directors, officers and employees and the accelerated vesting of other equity awards. For a more detailed description of our 
equity incentive plan, see “Executive Compensation.”

The market price and trading volume of our common stock may be volatile.

The market price of our common stock could fluctuate significantly for many reasons, including in response to the risk factors 
listed in this report or for reasons unrelated to our performance, such as reports by industry analysts, investor perceptions or negative 
developments relating to our customers, competitors or suppliers, as well as general economic and industry conditions.

Provisions in our articles of incorporation and bylaws and provisions of Missouri law may prevent or delay an acquisition of 
our Company, which could decrease the trading price of our common stock.

Our articles of incorporation, bylaws and Missouri law contain provisions intended to deter coercive takeover practices and 
inadequate takeover bids by making such practices or bids unacceptably expensive and incentivizing prospective acquirers to 
negotiate with our Board of Directors rather than to attempt a hostile takeover. These provisions include, among others:

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

the Board of Directors is divided into three classes with staggered terms;

the Board of Directors fixes the number of members on the Board;

elimination of the rights of our shareholders to act by written consent (except when such consent is unanimous) and to
call shareholder meetings;

rules regarding how shareholders may present proposals or nominate directors for election at shareholder meetings;

the right of our Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without shareholder approval;

supermajority vote requirements for certain amendments to our articles of incorporation and bylaws;

anti-takeover provisions of Missouri law which may prevent us from engaging in a business combination with an interested
shareholder, or which may deter third parties from acquiring amounts of our common stock above certain thresholds; and

limitations on the right of shareholders to remove directors.

ITEM 1B.  UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS

Not applicable.  

ITEM 2. 

PROPERTIES

We own our principal executive offices and lease corporate administrative offices in St. Louis, Missouri. The general offices 
and location of our principal operations for each of our businesses are set forth in the summary below. We also lease sales offices 
mainly in the United States and maintain a number of stand-alone distribution facilities. In addition, there is on-site warehouse 
space available at many of our manufacturing facilities. Utilization of manufacturing capacity varies by manufacturing plant based 
upon the type of products assigned and the level of demand for those products.

We own many of our manufacturing facilities. Certain of our owned real properties are subject to mortgages or other applicable 
security interests pursuant to our financing arrangements. Management believes our facilities are suitable and adequate for the 
purposes for which they are used and are adequately maintained. We generally believe each location or facility provides adequate 
capacity for current and anticipated future customer demand. 

Post Consumer Brands 

The main administrative office for Post Consumer Brands, which we own, is located in Lakeville, Minnesota. Post Consumer 
Brands also leases administrative office space in Bentonville, Arkansas; Toronto, Canada; Marlborough, Massachusetts; Eugene, 
Oregon and Scottsdale, Arizona.  

Post Consumer Brands has ten owned manufacturing facilities located in Battle Creek, Michigan; Jonesboro, Arkansas; Niagara 
Falls, Ontario; Asheboro, North Carolina; Tremonton, Utah; St. Ansgar, Iowa; Clinton, Massachusetts; Eugene, Oregon and two 
facilities, in addition to warehouse space, in Northfield, Minnesota. Post Consumer Brands also leases land for another owned 
manufacturing facility located in Cobourg, Ontario. Post Consumer Brands maintains approximately 5.8 million square feet of 
warehouse and distribution space throughout the United States and Canada, approximately 0.8 million of which is owned by us, 

22

approximately 1.8 million of which is directly leased by us and approximately 3.2 million of which we contract with third party 
logistics providers who operate warehouse and distribution space on our behalf. 

Michael Foods Group

The Michael Foods Group’s primary administrative offices, which are leased, are located in Minnetonka, Minnesota. Michael 
Foods owns eight egg products production facilities in Iowa, Minnesota, Nebraska, Illinois and Oregon, and leases facilities for 
egg products production in New Jersey, Pennsylvania, Iowa and South Dakota. Additionally, the egg products business owns eight 
layer  facilities  in  the  United  States. The  refrigerated  potato  products  business’  main  processing  facility  is  located  in  Chaska, 
Minnesota, which is owned, and the business also leases a smaller processing facility in North Las Vegas, Nevada. The Michael 
Foods Group also owns a cheese packaging facility and warehouse in Lake Mills, Wisconsin for its cheese and other dairy-case 
products business.  Finally, Dakota Growers,  which is  reported in  our  Michael Foods Group  segment,  owns  pasta production 
facilities in Carrington, North Dakota and New Hope, Minnesota.  

Active Nutrition 

The Active Nutrition segment’s PNC administrative offices, which are leased, are located in Emeryville, California. PNC also 
leases offices and a development kitchen in Boise, Idaho. The Dymatize business has a leased administrative office in Dallas, 
Texas. Additionally, we own a manufacturing facility in Voerde, Germany and lease office space in Munich, Germany; Bern, 
Switzerland and Manchester in the United Kingdom for Active Nutrition’s international operations.

Private Brands 

Our Private Brands business owns manufacturing facilities in Fitzgerald, Georgia, which are used for peanut butter production 
and  peanut  blanching.  Additionally,  the  Private  Brands  business  leases  manufacturing  facilities  in  Troy,  Alabama;  Blaine, 
Washington; Markham, Ontario; Brampton, Ontario and Burnaby, British Columbia for nut butter and fruit and nut production. 
We also lease an administrative office in Burnaby, British Columbia.

Weetabix

Weetabix has four owned manufacturing facilities in the United Kingdom in Burton Latimer, Corby and Ashton-under-Lyne. 
In addition, Weetabix’s joint ventures in Kenya and South Africa each own a manufacturing facility in those respective countries. 
Weetabix also leases office space in the United Arab Emirates, Spain and China, and leases warehouse space in China. Weetabix 
contracts with a third party logistics provider in Spain who operates warehouse space on Weetabix’s behalf.

ITEM 3. 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

Antitrust claims: In late 2008 and early 2009, some 22 class action lawsuits were filed in various federal courts against Michael 
Foods, Inc. and some 20 other defendants (producers of shell eggs and egg products, and egg industry organizations), alleging 
violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with the production and sale of shell eggs and egg products, and seeking 
unspecified damages. All cases were transferred to the Eastern District of Pennsylvania for coordinated and/or consolidated pretrial 
proceedings.

The case involves three plaintiff groups:  (1) direct purchasers of eggs and egg products; (2) companies (primarily large 
grocery chains and food companies that purchase considerable quantities of eggs) that opted out of any eventual class and brought 
their own separate actions against the defendants (“opt-out plaintiffs”); and (3) indirect purchasers of shell eggs.

Motions related to class certification: In September 2015, the court granted the motion of the direct purchaser plaintiffs to 
certify a shell-egg subclass, but denied their motion to certify an egg-products subclass. Also in September 2015, the court denied 
the  motion  of  the  indirect  purchaser  plaintiffs  for  class  certification.  The  indirect  purchaser  plaintiffs  subsequently  filed  an 
alternative motion for certification of an injunctive class, and that motion was denied on June 27, 2017. 

Motions for summary judgment: In September 2016, the court granted the defendants’ motion for summary judgment based 
on purchases of egg products, thereby limiting all claims to shell eggs. Also in September 2016, the court denied individual motions 
for summary judgment made by Michael Foods and three other defendants that had sought the dismissal of all claims against them. 

Settlements by Michael Foods: On December 8, 2016, Michael Foods reached an agreement to settle all class claims asserted 
against it by the direct purchaser plaintiffs for a payment of $75.0 million. The Company has paid such amount into escrow. This 
settlement is awaiting court approval. Although the Company expects the settlement will receive the needed approval, there can 
be no assurance that the court will approve the agreement as proposed by the parties.  

On January 19, 2017, Michael Foods entered into a settlement, the details of which are confidential, with the opt-out plaintiffs 
(excluding those opt-out plaintiffs whose claims relate primarily or exclusively to egg products; several of those plaintiffs are now 
appealing the dismissal of the egg -products claims). This settlement was paid by the Company as of September 30, 2017. Michael 

23

Foods has at all times denied liability in this matter, and neither settlement contains any admission of liability by Michael Foods. 
Under current law, any settlement paid, including the settlement with the direct purchaser plaintiffs and the settlement with the 
opt-out plaintiffs, is deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Remaining portions of the case:  The Third Circuit Court of Appeals has denied the motions of the indirect purchaser plaintiffs 
to immediately appeal the court’s denial of their motions for class certification. Additionally, the elimination of egg products from 
the case is being appealed by opt-out plaintiffs who purchased egg products. The appeal is fully submitted to the Third Circuit 
Court of Appeals.

Although the likelihood of a material adverse outcome in the egg antitrust litigation has been significantly reduced as a result 
of the Michael Foods settlements described above, there is still a possibility of an adverse outcome following appellate review of 
the remaining portions of the case. At this time, however, we do not believe it is possible to estimate any loss in connection with 
these remaining portions of the egg antitrust litigation. Accordingly, we cannot predict what impact, if any, these remaining matters 
and any results from such matters could have on our future results of operations.

At September 30, 2016, the Company had accrued $28.5 million for this matter. There were no accruals for these matters at 
September 30, 2017. We record reserves for litigation losses in accordance with Accounting Standards Codification Topic 450, 
“Contingencies” (“ASC 450”). Under ASC 450, a loss contingency is recorded if a loss is probable and can be reasonably estimated. 
We record probable loss contingencies based on the best estimate of the loss. If a range of loss can be reasonably estimated, but 
no single amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other amount within the range, the minimum amount 
in the range is accrued. These estimates are often initially developed earlier than when the ultimate loss is known, and the estimates 
are adjusted if additional information becomes known.

Although the Company believes its accruals for this matter are appropriate, the final amounts required to resolve such matters 
could differ materially from recorded estimates and the Company's results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected. 
Accordingly, the Company cannot predict what impact, if any, these matters and any results from such matters could have on the 
future results of operations.

During the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company expensed $74.5 million and $28.5 million related to 
these  settlements,  respectively,  which  was  included  in  “Selling,  general  and  administrative  expenses”  in  the  Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. No expense related to these settlements was recorded during the year ended September 30, 2015.

Other: The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings and actions arising in the normal course of business. In the 
opinion of management, based upon the information presently known, the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such pending legal 
proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, taking into 
account established accruals for estimated liabilities (if any), are not expected to be material individually or in the aggregate to 
the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. In addition, although it is difficult to 
estimate the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for compliance with regulatory matters, in the opinion 
of management, based upon the information currently available, the ultimate liability arising from such compliance matters is not 
expected to be material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

ITEM 4.  MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURE

Not applicable.

24

PART II 

ITEM 5.  MARKET FOR REGISTRANT’S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS AND 

ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES 

Common Stock Market Prices and Dividends 

Our common stock is traded on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) under the symbol “POST.” There were approximately 
5,337 shareholders of record on November 1, 2017. We did not pay any cash dividends on our common stock during the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2017 or 2016. We have no plans to pay cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future, 
and the indentures governing our debt securities and our credit facilities restrict our ability to pay dividends. The range of high 
and low sale prices of our common stock as reported by the NYSE is set forth in the table below.  

First Quarter
Second Quarter
Third Quarter
Fourth Quarter

Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

Year Ended September 30,

2017

2016

High

Low

High

Low

$

82.07
88.43
89.04
88.58

$

$

68.76
80.29
75.76
76.12

$

71.39
72.64
83.42
89.00

57.29
50.93
68.08
75.52

Period

July 1, 2017 - July 31,
2017

August 1, 2017 - August
31, 2017

September 1, 2017 -
September 30, 2017

Total

(a)
(b)
(c)

Total Number of Shares
Purchased (a)

Average Price Paid per
Share (b)

Total Number of Shares
Purchased as Part of
Publicly Announced
Plans or Programs (c)

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares that
may yet be Purchased
Under the Plans or
Programs (b) (c)

—

47,000

—

47,000

—

$84.83

—

$84.83

—

—

47,000

$232,284,008

—

47,000

—

$232,284,008

The total number of shares purchased includes shares purchased on the open market.
Does not include brokers’ commissions.
On June 6, 2017, our Board of Directors authorized the Company to repurchase up to $250,000,000 of shares of our
common stock. The authorization expires on June 6, 2019.

Performance Graph 

The  following  performance  graph  compares  the  changes,  for  the  period  indicated,  in  the  cumulative  total  value  of  $100 
hypothetically invested in each of (a) Post common stock, (b) the Russell 1000 index, (c) the Russell 2000 index and (d) a peer 
group composed of 13 U.S.-based public companies in the food and consumer packaged goods industries. 

In June 2016, Post common stock became a component of the Russell 1000 index. Previously, Post common stock was a 
component of the Russell 2000 index. As such, the Russell 1000 index has been deemed to be the more comparable index going 
forward. 

The peer group companies are: B&G Foods, Inc.; Brown-Forman Corporation; Coca-Cola Bottling Co.; Cott Corporation; 
Darling International Inc.; Flowers Foods, Inc.; The Hain Celestial Group, Inc.; J&J Snack Foods Corp.; Pinnacle Foods Inc.; 
Sanderson Farms, Inc.; Snyder’s-Lance, Inc.; Sunopta Inc. and TreeHouse Foods Inc. 

This graph covers the period from September 28, 2012 through September 29, 2017.

25

* $100 invested on 9/28/12 in stock or index.

Performance Graph Data 

9/28/2012
9/30/2013
9/30/2014
9/30/2015
9/30/2016
9/29/2017

Post ($)

Russell 1000
Index ($)

Russell 2000
Index ($)

Peer 
Group ($)

100.00
134.30
110.38
196.61
256.72
293.65

100.00
118.36
138.13
134.61
151.47
175.99

100.00
128.22
131.55
131.43
149.46
178.02

100.00
126.63
139.88
159.55
165.31
188.77

The stock price performance included in this graph is not necessarily indicative of future stock price performance. 

This performance graph shall not be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act or incorporated by 
reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act or the Exchange Act, except as shall be expressly set forth by specific 
reference in such filing. 

The information required under this Item 5 concerning equity compensation plan information is set out below under Item 12 

and is incorporated herein by this reference.

26

ITEM 6. 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA 

FIVE YEAR FINANCIAL SUMMARY

(in millions, except per share data)

(dollars in millions, except per share data)
Statements of Operations Data
Net sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross profit
Selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets (b)
Other operating expenses, net (c)
Operating profit (loss)
Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net (d)
Other (income) expense, net
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net earnings (loss) including noncontrolling interest   
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest (e)
Net earnings (loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Earnings (Loss) Per Share
Basic
Diluted

Statements of Cash Flows Data
Depreciation and amortization
Cash provided (used) by:
Operating activities (f)
Investing activities
Financing activities (f)

2017 (a)

$ 5,225.8
3,651.7
1,574.1
867.4
159.1
26.5
0.8
520.3
314.8
222.9
(91.8)
74.4
26.1
48.3
—
48.3
(13.5)
34.8

$

$
$

0.51
0.50

$

323.1

$
386.7
(2,090.8)
2,053.1

Year Ended September 30,
2015 (a)

2014 (a)

2016 (a)

2013 (a)

$ 5,026.8
3,479.4
1,547.4
839.7
152.6
—
9.4
545.7
306.5
86.4
182.9
(30.1)
(26.8)
(3.3)
—
(3.3)
(25.1)
(28.4) $ (132.3) $ (358.6) $

$ 4,648.2
3,473.8
1,174.4
734.1
141.7
60.8
25.1
212.7
257.5
30.0
92.5
(167.3)
(52.0)
(115.3)
—
(115.3)
(17.0)

$ 2,411.1
1,789.9
621.2
459.5
70.8
295.6
3.0
(207.7)
183.7
—
35.5
(426.9)
(83.7)
(343.2)
—
(343.2)
(15.4)

$ 1,034.1
609.2
424.9
298.2
14.6
2.9
1.4
107.8
85.5
—
—
22.3
7.1
15.2
—
15.2
(5.4)
9.8

$

$
$

$

$

(0.41) $
(0.41) $

(2.33) $
(2.33) $

(9.03) $
(9.03) $

0.30
0.30

302.8

$

272.8

$

155.8

502.4
(196.1)
(4.5)

$
451.6
(1,248.7)
1,372.4

$
163.0
(3,793.6)
3,504.3

$

$

76.8

84.1
(423.8)
683.9

Balance Sheet Data
Cash and cash equivalents
Working capital (excluding cash, cash equivalents, restricted cash and

current portion of long-term debt)

Total assets
Debt, including short-term portion
Other liabilities
Total equity

____________

$ 1,525.9

$ 1,143.6

$

841.4

$

268.4

$

402.0

403.5
11,876.8
7,171.2
327.8
2,789.7

303.2
9,360.6
4,563.5
440.3
3,008.6

317.6
9,163.9
4,470.9
290.2
2,976.0

362.3
7,669.0
3,794.0
182.4
2,283.2

79.5
3,453.0
1,387.8
116.3
1,498.6

(a) The data in these columns include results from the fiscal 2017, 2016, 2015, 2014 and 2013 acquisitions from the respective date of acquisition
through September 30, 2017. For more information on our 2017, 2016 and 2015 acquisitions, see Note 5 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial
Statements.” In fiscal 2014, Post acquired Dakota Growers, Dymatize, Golden Boy and Michael Foods. In fiscal 2013, Post acquired Attune
Foods, Inc., Hearthside Food Solutions and Premier Nutrition Corporation.

(b) For information about the impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets, see “Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” and Notes

2 and 6 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(c) For information about other income (expense), net, see “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of

Operations” and Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(d) For information about losses on extinguishment of debt, net, see Note 15 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(e) For information about investments in joint ventures, see Note 7 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

(f)

In connection with the adoption of Accounting Standards Update 2015-03, prior year amounts have been restated to conform with the 2017
presentation.

27

ITEM 7.  MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF 

OPERATIONS 

The following discussion summarizes the significant factors affecting the consolidated operating results, financial condition, 
liquidity, and capital resources of Post Holdings, Inc. This discussion should be read in conjunction with the financial statements 
under Item 8, and the “Cautionary Statement on Forward-Looking Statements” on page 1. 

We are a consumer packaged goods holding company operating in five reportable segments: Post Consumer Brands, Michael 
Foods Group, Active Nutrition, Private Brands and Weetabix. Our products are sold through a variety of channels such as grocery, 
club and drug stores, mass merchandisers, foodservice, ingredient and e-commerce.

OVERVIEW

Acquisitions

We have completed the following acquisitions during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015:

Fiscal 2017

•
•

National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. (“NPE”), acquired October 3, 2016 and
Latimer Newco 2 Limited, a company registered in England and Wales (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and
indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition, including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix Group”), acquired
July 3, 2017.

Fiscal 2016

• Willamette Egg Farms (“WEF”), acquired October 3, 2015.

Fiscal 2015

PowerBar and Musashi brands (“PowerBar”), acquired October 1, 2014;
American Blanching Company (“ABC”), acquired November 1, 2014; and

•
•
• MOM Brands Company (“MOM Brands”), acquired May 4, 2015.

Divestitures

We completed the following divestitures in fiscal 2016 and 2015:

•
•

Certain assets of our Michael Foods Canadian egg business, sold March 1, 2016 and
PowerBar Australia assets and Musashi trademark, sold July 1, 2015.

Due to the level of integration within the existing businesses, certain discrete financial data for businesses acquired in fiscal 2017, 
2016 and 2015 is not available for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Segment Reorganization

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we reorganized our reportable segments in accordance with Accounting Standards 

Codification (“ASC”) Topic 280, “Segment Reporting.” At September 30, 2017, our reportable segments were as follows:

•

Post Consumer Brands: North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal and granola businesses, inclusive of the recently
acquired Weetabix North American RTE cereal business;
• Michael Foods Group: eggs, potatoes, cheese and pasta;
•
•
• Weetabix: the Weetabix branded and private label RTE cereal and Alpen branded muesli business sold and distributed

Active Nutrition: protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplements;
Private Brands: peanut and other nut butters and dried fruit and nuts; and

primarily outside of North America.

All segment results reported herein have been reclassified to conform with the September 30, 2017 presentation.

28

RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

2017
$ 5,225.8

2016
$ 5,026.8

$
Change
$ 199.0

%
Change

2016

4 % $ 5,026.8

2015
$ 4,648.2

$
Change
$ 378.6

%
Change
8 %

$ 520.3
314.8

$ 545.7
306.5

$ (25.4)
(8.3)

(5)% $ 545.7
306.5
(3)%

$ 212.7
257.5

$ 333.0
(49.0)

157 %
(19)%

222.9
(91.8)
26.1

—
48.3

$

86.4
182.9
(26.8)

—

$

(3.3) $

(136.5)
274.7
(52.9)

(158)%
150 %
(197)%

86.4
182.9
(26.8)

30.0
92.5
(52.0)

(56.4)
(90.4)
(25.2)

(188)%
(98)%
(48)%

—
51.6

$
n/a
1,564 % $

—

—
—
(3.3) $ (115.3) $ 112.0

n/a
97 %

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)
Net Sales

Operating Profit

Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt,
net
Other (income) expense, net
Income tax expense (benefit)
Less: Net loss attributable to
noncontrolling interest

Net Earnings (Loss)

Net Sales

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Net sales increased $199.0 million, or 4%, during the year ended September 30, 2017. These increases were primarily due 
to the inclusion of incremental contributions from fiscal 2017 and 2016 acquisitions and net sales growth in our Premier Protein
branded products, as well as increased net sales in our Pebbles and Malt-O-Meal RTE cereal brands, our potato business and our 
traditional and organic peanut butter products. The net sales growth was partially offset by reduced net sales in our other RTE 
cereal brands, egg, cheese, pasta, other protein powder and bar brands, dried fruit and nut and tree nut butter products. For further 
discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Net sales increased $378.6 million, or 8%, during the year ended September 30, 2016. These increases were primarily due 
to the inclusion of incremental contributions from fiscal 2016 and 2015 acquisitions and net sales growth in our Premier Protein
branded products, as well as our legacy RTE cereal, peanut butter and private brand granola. The net sales growth was partially 
offset by the absence of net sales in fiscal 2016 attributable to businesses sold in fiscal 2016 and 2015, as well as reduced net 
sales in our egg, potato, cheese, pasta other protein powder and bar brands and tree nut butter products. For further discussion, 
refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Operating Profit 

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Operating profit decreased $25.4 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Operating profit was impacted in 
the year ended September 30, 2017 by losses related to the impairment of goodwill of $26.5 million, a provision for legal settlement 
of $74.5 million (compared to $28.5 million in the year ended September 30, 2016) in the Michael Foods Group and net foreign 
currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash held in pounds sterling (GBP) to fund the acquisition of the Weetabix Group. 
Excluding these impacts in both years, operating profit increased $17.1 million, or 3%, primarily resulting from the inclusion of 
incremental segment profit contributions from current and prior year acquisitions, as well as increased segment profit within our 
Post Consumer Brands, Active Nutrition and Private Brands segments for the year ended September 30, 2017, partially offset by 
a  decrease  in  segment  profit  within  our    Michael  Foods  Group  segment.  In  addition,  general  corporate  expenses  and  other, 
excluding  the  previously  described  foreign  currency  gains,  were  higher  in  the  year  ended  September  30,  2017.  For  further 
discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within this section.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Operating profit increased $333.0 million, or 157%, for the year ended September 30, 2016. Operating profit was negatively 
impacted in the year ended September 30, 2015 by losses related to the impairment of goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible 
assets of $60.8 million. Excluding this fiscal 2015 impact, operating profit increased $272.2 million, or 100%, primarily resulting 
from the inclusion of incremental segment profit contributions from fiscal 2016 and 2015 acquisitions, as well as increased 
segment profit within all of our segments for the year ended September 30, 2016. In addition, general corporate expenses and 
other were significantly lower for the year ended September 30, 2016. For further discussion, refer to “Segment Results” within 
this section.

29

Interest Expense, net

Interest expense increased $8.3 million, or 3%, for the year ended September 30, 2017 compared to the prior year. The 
increase was driven primarily by the increase in the principal balance of debt outstanding from debt issued in 2017 and 2016, 
partially offset by a decrease in our weighted-average interest rate resulting from a change in debt mix. Our weighted-average 
interest rate on our total outstanding debt was 4.9% and 6.3% at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. 

Interest expense increased $49.0 million, or 19%, for the year ended September 30, 2016, compared to the prior year. The 
increase was driven primarily by the increase in the principal balance of debt outstanding from debt issued in 2016 and 2015, 
partially offset by a decrease in our weighted-average interest rate resulting from a change in debt mix. Our weighted-average 
interest rate on our total outstanding debt was 6.3% and 6.9% at September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

For additional information on our debt, refer to Note 15 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Quantitative 

and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A.

Loss on Extinguishment of Debt, net

During the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recognized losses of $222.9 million, $86.4 million and $30.0 
million, respectively, related to the extinguishment of debt. The loss in 2017 was related to the extinguishment of the entire 
remaining principal balances of our 7.75%, 7.375% and 6.75% senior notes and a portion of the principal balance of our 8.00% 
senior notes. The loss included premiums of $219.8 million and the write-off of debt issuance costs of $18.6 million, partially 
offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium of $15.5 million. The loss in 2016 was related to the extinguishment of a 
portion of our 7.375% senior notes and the remaining balance of our prior term loan. The loss included a tender premium of $88.0 
million and the write-off of debt issuance costs of $18.8 million, partially offset by the write-off of net unamortized debt premium 
and discount of $20.4 million. In 2015, the loss included the write-off of deferred financing fees of $24.6 million and unamortized 
debt discount of $5.4 million recorded in connection with the repayment of a portion of our prior term loan. For additional 
information on our debt, refer to Note 15 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Other (Income) Expense, net

During the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, we recognized (gains) losses of $(91.8) million, $182.9 million 
and $92.5 million, respectively, on our interest rate swaps and cross-currency foreign exchange contracts. Of the total gains 
recognized in the year ended September 30, 2017, $(93.6) million related to non-cash mark-to-market adjustments on our interest 
rate swaps, cross-currency swaps and foreign exchange forward contracts and $1.8 million related to cash settlements on our 
interest rate swaps. Of the total losses recognized in the year ended September 30, 2016, $182.4 million related to non-cash mark-
to-market adjustments and $0.5 million related to cash settlements, both of which related to our interest rate swaps. For the year 
ended September 30, 2015, the entire loss was related to non-cash mark-to-market adjustments on our interest rate swaps. For 
additional information on our interest rate swaps and cross-currency foreign exchange contracts, refer to Note 13 in the “Notes 
to Consolidated Financial Statements” and “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A.

30

Income Taxes

Our effective tax rate for fiscal 2017 was 35.1% compared to 89.0% for fiscal 2016 and 31.1% for fiscal 2015. A reconciliation 

of income tax expense (benefit) with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:

(dollars in millions)
Computed tax at federal statutory rate (35%)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Non-deductible transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income taxes, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Sale and liquidation of Michael Foods Canadian egg business
Enacted tax law and changes
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax expense (benefit)

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

$

$

26.1
7.2
1.8
2.9
—
0.8
(3.4)
4.8
—
(0.5)
—
—
(1.4)
(6.8)
(6.2)
0.8
26.1

$

$

(10.5) $
—
2.6
—
(4.3)
(6.2)
(2.6)
3.8
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.6)
0.7
(1.5)
(1.8)
—
0.6
(26.8) $

(58.6)
16.5
0.4
0.6
(5.9)
(7.2)
(2.7)
6.7
4.9
(3.4)
—
(0.4)
(0.4)
(1.4)
—
(1.1)
(52.0)

SEGMENT RESULTS

We evaluate each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its operating profit before impairments, facility 
closure related costs, restructuring expenses, losses on assets held for sale, gain on sale of plant and other unallocated corporate 
income and expenses. 

Post Consumer Brands

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)
Net Sales
Segment Profit
Segment Profit Margin

2017
$ 1,851.5
$ 359.0

2016
$ 1,838.5
$ 302.9

19%

16%

$
Change
$ 13.0
$ 56.1

%
Change

2016

1% $ 1,838.5
19% $ 302.9

2015
$ 1,365.9
$ 219.5

$
Change
$ 472.6
$ 83.4

%
Change

35%
38%

16%

16%

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $13.0 million, or 1%, for the year ended September 30, 2017 
primarily due to the inclusion of the Weetabix North American business (“Weetabix NA”), which was acquired in July 2017, in 
the Post Consumer Brands segment. Excluding this impact, net sales decreased  $15.1 million, or 1%. This decrease was primarily 
driven by 1% lower volumes. Volume declines were primarily due to reductions in government bid business, co-manufacturing, 
Honey Bunches of Oats and adult and kid classic brands, partially offset by increases in  Pebbles, Malt-O-Meal, Oreo O’s and 
Honey Maid branded products. Average net selling prices increased driven by a favorable sales mix as branded volumes increased 
and lower margin co-manufacturing and governmental bid business volumes decreased, partially offset by higher trade spending. 

Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2017 increased $56.1 million, or 19%, compared to the prior year. The year 
ended September 30, 2017 included an operating loss of $6.4 million attributable to Weetabix NA. Excluding this impact, segment 
profit increased $62.5 million, or 21%, when compared to the prior year. The increase in segment profit was primarily due to a 
356  basis  point  improvement  in  segment  profit  margin  excluding Weetabix  NA.  This  improvement  was  driven  by  reduced 
advertising and promotional spending of $30.6 million, lower material and manufacturing costs of $20.9 million and $11.6 million 
lower integration costs in the year ended September 30, 2017 as compared to the prior year.  These positive impacts were partially 
offset by increased co-manufacturing costs related to constrained granola production capacity.

31

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Net sales for the Post Consumer Brands segment increased $472.6 million, or 35%, for the year ended September 30, 2016, 
primarily due to the acquisition of MOM Brands in May 2015. Excluding this impact, net sales increased $25.5 million or 2%. 
This increase was primarily driven by 2% higher volumes. Volume increases were primarily the result of increases in Pebbles, 
Honey Bunches of Oats, co-manufacturing and granola volumes, partially offset by declines in Great Grains, Post Shredded 
Wheat, Grape-Nuts and Post Raisin Bran. Average net selling prices and trade spending levels within the legacy Post Foods 
business were relatively flat for the year ended September 30, 2016. Compared to the fiscal 2015 (partially pre-acquisition) period, 
net sales for our MOM Brands business were down slightly as a result of 1% lower volumes, as well as lower net selling prices 
resulting from an increase in the lower margin private label business.

Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2016 increased $83.4 million, or 38%, when compared to the prior year. 
The increase was primarily the result of the acquisition of MOM Brands and increased sales in our legacy Post Foods and granola 
businesses, as previously discussed. Segment profit margin for the year ended September 30, 2016 was flat as a result of the 
positive impact of synergies achieved through the combination of the Post Foods and MOM Brands businesses offset by the 
inclusion of seven additional months in fiscal 2016 of the lower margin MOM Brands business and increased expenses related 
to co-manufacturing agreements. Segment profit was also negatively impacted in the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015 
by $19.3 million and $8.6 million of integration costs, respectively, and by a $17.0 million acquisition accounting related inventory 
valuation adjustment in the year ended September 30, 2015.  

Michael Foods Group

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)
Net Sales
Segment Profit
Segment Profit Margin

2017
$2,116.2
$ 133.1

2016
$2,184.7
$ 276.6

6%

13%

$
Change
$ (68.5)
$ (143.5)

%
Change

2016

(3)% $2,184.7
(52)% $ 276.6

2015
$2,305.7
$ 188.2

$
Change
$ (121.0)
88.4
$

%
Change
(5)%
47 %

13%

8%

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Net sales for the Michael Foods Group segment decreased $68.5 million, or 3%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. 
Egg product sales, including the impact of the current year acquisition of NPE, were up 1%, with volume up 10%. Volumes 
increased due to incremental volume from NPE, as well as the impact of egg supply returning to levels consistent with those 
prior to the outbreak of avian influenza (“AI”) in 2015. Egg revenues increased due to incremental sales from NPE, offset by 
lower selling prices resulting from the reversal of price increases taken in the prior year to offset higher costs incurred as a result 
of AI and lower market-based egg prices. Refrigerated potato products sales were up 7%, with volume up 8%, primarily due to 
volume gains in the foodservice channel. Pasta sales were down 8% on 4% lower volumes, primarily due to lower ingredient 
volumes and government bid business combined with the pass through of lower wheat ingredient costs to customers. Cheese and 
other dairy case products sales were down 21% on 21% lower volumes, primarily due to branded cheese distribution losses and 
losses within the low-margin private label cheese business. Net sales for the Michael Foods Group were also impacted in the 
year ended September 30, 2017 by the absence of sales from our Michael Foods Canadian egg business ($9.6 million for the year 
ended September 30, 2016) which was sold in the second quarter of fiscal 2016. 

Segment profit decreased $143.5 million, or 52%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. The decrease in segment profit is 
primarily due to provisions for legal settlements of $74.5 million in the current year, compared to $28.5 million in the year ended 
September 30, 2016 (for additional information, refer to Item 3 and Note 16 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”). 
In addition, egg results decreased compared to fiscal 2016 due to lower net selling prices, as previously discussed. Cheese and 
dairy results decreased $9.5 million as a result of lost volume, as previously discussed. Pasta results were down year over year 
driven  by  lower  volumes  and  higher  manufacturing  costs. These  decreases  were  partially  offset  by  favorable  potato  results 
compared to the prior year.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Net sales for the Michael Foods Group segment decreased $121.0 million, or 5%, for the year ended September 30, 2016. 
Excluding the impact of the fiscal 2016 acquisition of WEF, net sales decreased $209.3 million, or 9%. Excluding the fiscal 2016 
impact of WEF, egg product sales were down 12%, with volume down 14%. Lower volumes were due to the impacts of the 2015 
outbreak of AI which reduced our egg supply available for sale during the year ended September 30, 2016. Despite lower volumes, 
revenues decreased less as a result of higher average selling prices resulting from price increases taken to offset higher costs 
incurred as a result of AI as well as a shift to higher priced products. These price increases were partially reversed during the 
second half of fiscal 2016. Refrigerated potato products sales were down 1%, with volume down 4%, and cheese and other dairy 
case products sales were down 6%, with volume down 5%. Pasta volumes increased 7%, however, net sales were down 2%, as 

32

lower durum wheat input costs were passed through to customers. Net sales for the Michael Foods Group were also impacted in 
the year ended September 30, 2016 by the reduction of sales from our Michael Foods Canadian egg business ($9.6 million and 
$28.1 million for the years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively) which was sold in the second quarter of fiscal 
2016. 

Segment profit increased $88.4 million, or 47%, for the year ended September 30, 2016. Excluding the impact of the fiscal 
2016  acquisition  of  WEF,  segment  profit  increased  $73.8  million,  or  39%.  The  increase  in  segment  profit  resulted  from 
improvements in all businesses within the segment. Egg results improved compared to fiscal 2015, driven by aggressive cost 
containment, price increases taken to offset AI related costs and a shift to higher margin products. In addition, fiscal 2015 results 
for our egg business were negatively impacted by $5.1 million of costs accrued for corrective actions in connection with isolated 
product quality issues. Cheese and dairy results improved as pricing was favorable relative to the underlying commodity costs 
as compared to the year ended September 30, 2015. Potato results improved in fiscal 2016 due to a favorable channel mix resulting 
from increased retail volumes and decreased foodservice volumes. Improved raw potato quality also contributed to reduced costs 
within the potato manufacturing operation. Pasta results were strong year over year driven by volume increases, higher pricing 
relative  to  underlying  commodity  costs  and  a  favorable  mix  with  increased  retail  volumes  and  a  decrease  in  lower  margin 
governmental bid volumes. Segment profit was negatively impacted in the year ended September 30, 2016 by the accrual of a 
$28.5 million provision for a potential legal settlement.

Active Nutrition

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)
Net Sales
Segment Profit (Loss)
Segment Profit (Loss) Margin

2017
$ 713.2
96.4
$

2016
$ 574.7
44.7
$

14%

8%

$
Change
$ 138.5
$ 51.7

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

%
Change

2016
24% $ 574.7
44.7

116% $

2015
$ 555.0
$ (13.8)

$
Change
$ 19.7
$ 58.5

%
Change

4%
424%

8%

(2)%

Net sales for the Active Nutrition segment increased $138.5 million, or 24%, for the year ended September 30, 2017, primarily 
attributable to protein shake and other ready-to-drink (“RTD”) volumes, which were up 51%, fueled by increased consumption 
and distribution of protein shakes, as well as new product introductions. Volumes for bars were down 6% and down 1% for 
powders. Average net selling prices for the Active Nutrition segment were down primarily due to price reductions and higher 
trade spending in the year ended September 30, 2017.

Segment profit increased $51.7 million, or 116%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. This increase was driven by higher 
volumes, as previously described, and favorable input costs of $24.9 million, partially offset by $6.4 million higher advertising 
and promotion spending and increased employee-related expenses resulting from increased headcount to support growth.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Net sales for the Active Nutrition segment increased $19.7 million, or 4%, for the year ended September 30, 2016. This 
increase was primarily attributable to strong growth in our Premier Protein branded products, where net sales were up 42%, on 
higher protein shake volumes. This increase was partially offset by 25% lower net sales within our Dymatize business, primarily 
driven by the fiscal 2015 decision to exit Dymatize’s private label business, inventory supply issues during the first half of 2016 
and overall soft international sales. Net sales were also negatively impacted by volume declines in the PowerBar business and 
the absence of sales for Musashi branded products in fiscal 2016 ($16.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2015) as the 
Australian Musashi business was sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.

Segment profit for the year ended September 30, 2016 was $44.7 million compared to a segment loss of $13.8 million in the 
prior year. This improvement was driven by higher protein shake volumes, as previously described, favorable raw material costs 
of $23.9 million and lower manufacturing costs of $22.8 million, largely resulting from the prior year closure of our Boise, Idaho 
and Farmers Branch, Texas facilities as well as a fiscal 2015 write-off of unsalable inventory of approximately $9.2 million 
resulting from plant operational and quality issues and unfavorable manufacturing and warehousing costs. These favorable impacts 
were partially offset by $7.5 million higher advertising and promotion spending and a $5.5 million accrued legal settlement. 
Segment profit was negatively impacted in the year ended September 30, 2015 by $5.0 million of PowerBar integration costs, a 
$1.9 million acquisition accounting related inventory valuation adjustment and a $3.3 million loss attributable to the Australian 
Musashi business which was sold in the fourth quarter of fiscal 2015.

33

Private Brands

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)

Net Sales

Segment Profit

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

2017

2016

$ 432.5

$ 429.1

$

31.5

$

28.0

$
Change

$

$

3.4

3.5

%
Change

2016

2015

1% $

429.1

$ 421.7

13% $

28.0

$

27.5

$
Change

$

$

7.4

0.5

%
Change

2%

2%

Segment Profit Margin

7%

7%

7%

7%

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Net sales for the Private Brands segment increased $3.4 million, or 1%, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Net sales 
were positively impacted by a favorable sales mix with increases in higher-margin organic and traditional peanut butter volumes 
and decreases in lower-margin roasting and granulation volumes. Volumes remained flat as higher traditional and organic peanut 
butter and tree-nut butter volumes were offset by lower dried fruit and nut volumes. Average net selling prices were lower in the 
year ended September 30, 2017 resulting from raw material cost savings being passed through to customers.

Segment profit increased $3.5 million, or 13%, for the year ended September 30, 2017 primarily due to higher net sales and 
a favorable sales mix, as previously discussed, as well as favorable raw materials costs. These positive impacts were partially 
offset by unfavorable manufacturing and selling, general and administrative expenses. Segment profit was also negatively impacted 
in the prior year by losses of $0.6 million on the disposal of fixed assets.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Net sales for the Private Brands segment increased $7.4 million, or  2%,  for the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase 
was due to the inclusion of an additional month of results in the year ended September 30, 2016, as compared to the prior year, 
related to the November 1, 2014 acquisition of ABC. Excluding this impact, sales were down slightly from fiscal 2015. Volumes 
within the Private Brands segment increased due to higher peanut butter volumes, partially offset by declines in tree nut butter 
and dried fruit and nut. Net sales were negatively impacted in the year ended September 30, 2016 by an unfavorable sales mix 
resulting from lower sales of higher-priced tree nut butters as compared to the prior year and unfavorable changes in foreign 
exchange rates. 

Segment profit increased $0.5 million, or 2%, for the year ended September 30, 2016. This increase includes an additional 
month of results for ABC in the year ended September 30, 2016, as compared to the prior year, as previously discussed. Segment 
profit was negatively impacted by higher compensation costs as a result of increased headcount, unfavorable changes in foreign 
exchange rates and losses of $0.6 million on the disposal of fixed assets in the year ended September 30, 2016. These negative 
impacts were partially offset by lower peanut costs. Segment profit was also negatively impacted by an acquisition accounting 
related inventory valuation adjustment of $1.3 million in the year ended September 30, 2015.

34

Weetabix

dollars in millions
Net Sales

Segment Profit

Segment Profit Margin

2017
$ 112.4

$

14.5

13%

The Weetabix segment, acquired on July 3, 2017, consists of the international (primarily United Kingdom) RTE cereal and 
muesli business. For the year ended September 30, 2017, the Weetabix segment contributed  $112.4 million of net sales and $14.5 
million of segment profit. Weetabix experienced strong volume growth in its branded business compared to the same period (pre-
acquisition) in the prior year, driven by higher volumes of Weetabix branded cereal and on-the-go drink products. Private label 
volumes were flat as compared to the same period (pre-acquisition) in the prior year. Segment profit was positively impacted in 
the current year by increased volumes, as previously discussed, and negatively impacted by an acquisition accounting related 
inventory valuation adjustment of $15.2 million, increased warehousing costs and start-up costs for a new sales office.

Other Items

General Corporate Expenses and Other

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)

2017

2016

$
Change

%
Change

2016

2015

$
Change

%
Change

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015

General corporate expenses
and other

$

87.7

$

106.5

$

18.8

18% $

106.5

$

147.9

$

41.4

28%

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

General corporate expenses and other decreased $18.8 million, or 18%, during the year ended September 30, 2017. The 
decrease was primarily due to net foreign currency gains of $30.0 million related to cash held in GBP to fund the purchase of the 
Weetabix Group, lower restructuring and plant closure costs of $6.1 million and lower outside professional services costs of $2.4 
million. In addition, a gain on assets held for sale of $0.2 million was recorded in the year ended September 30, 2017 to adjust 
the carrying value of the assets to their final fair value less estimated selling costs compared to losses on assets held for sale of 
$9.3 million in the prior year. These decreases were partially offset by increased third party acquisition and divestiture related 
costs of $22.0 million primarily related to success fees expensed in conjunction with the Weetabix Group acquisition, higher 
stock-based compensation of $6.5 million and decreased gains related to mark-to-market adjustments on commodity hedges of 
$0.5 million.

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

General corporate expenses and other decreased $41.4 million, or 28%, during the year ended September 30, 2016. The 
decrease was due to a $19.3 million reduction in restructuring and plant closure costs, reduced transaction related costs of $5.6 
million, lower stock-based compensation of $4.7 million, driven primarily by reduced accelerated expense in the year ended 
September 30, 2016, and higher net mark-to-market gains (compared to net losses in fiscal 2015) on commodity hedges of $4.0 
million. In addition, losses on assets held for sale of $9.3 million were recorded in the year ended September 30, 2016 compared 
to $34.2 million in the prior year. 

Restructuring and Plant Closure

The table below shows the amount of restructuring and plant closure costs attributable to each segment. These amounts are 

excluded from the measure of segment profit but are included in general corporate expenses and other.

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)

Post Consumer Brands

Active Nutrition

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change

2016

2017

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015
$
Change

2015

2016

$

$

— $

0.2

0.2

$

1.3

5.0

6.3

$

$

1.3

4.8

6.1

$

$

1.3

5.0

6.3

$

$

10.1

15.5

25.6

$

$

8.8

10.5

19.3

35

Assets Held for Sale

The table below shows the amount of net (gains) losses on assets held for sale attributable to each segment. These amounts 

are excluded from the measure of segment profit but are included in General Corporate Expenses and Other.

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)

Post Consumer Brands

Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change

2016

2017

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015
$
Change

2015

2016

$

$

— $

(0.2)
—

(0.2) $

4.8

4.5

—

9.3

$

$

4.8

4.7

—

9.5

$

$

4.8

4.5

—

9.3

$

$

7.1

$

11.7

15.4

34.2

$

2.3

7.2

15.4

24.9

Impairment of Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets

dollars in millions;
favorable/(unfavorable)

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

$

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016
$
Change
— $ (26.5)

26.5

2016

2017

$

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015
$
Change

2015

2016

$

— $

60.8

$

60.8

During the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a non-cash goodwill impairment charge totaling $26.5 million. The 

goodwill impairment charge related to Dymatize, which is reported in the Active Nutrition segment. 

During the year ended September 30, 2015, we recorded non-cash impairment charges totaling $60.8 million. These charges 
consisted of a goodwill impairment of $57.0 million and indefinite-lived trademark impairment charges of $3.8 million. The 
goodwill impairment charge related to Dymatize, which is reported in the Active Nutrition segment. Trademark impairment 
charges consisted of $3.7 million for our Grape-Nuts brand and $0.1 million for our 100% Bran brand, which are reported in our 
Post Consumer Brands segment. 

In connection with funding acquisitions and managing our capital structure, we completed the following transactions (for 

additional information see Note 15 and Note 20 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements”):

LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES

Fiscal 2017

$317.8 million paid for repurchase of 4.0 million shares of the Company’s common stock

$1,500.0 million principal value of 5.75% senior notes issued, $41.2 million premium received

$1,000.0 million principal value of 5.50% senior notes issued

$2,200.0 million principal value term loan issued

$2,070.5 million principal payment and $219.8 million premium payment made on extinguishment of the 6.75%, 7.375%
and 7.75% senior notes and a portion of the 8.00% senior notes

Amended and restated our credit agreement which provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate available
principal amount of $800.0 million, currently with outstanding letters of credit of $10.0 million which reduced the
available borrowing capacity to $790.0 million at September 30, 2017

In September 2017, we announced we intend to purchase Bob Evans Farms, Inc. for $77.00 per share. We expect to
finance the purchase with cash on hand and through borrowings under our revolving credit facility.

Fiscal 2016

$1,750.0 million principal value of 5.00% senior notes issued

$1,242.0 million principal payment and $88.0 million tender offer premium payment made on extinguishment of a
portion of the 7.375% senior notes

$374.4 million term loan principal payoff

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

36

Fiscal 2015

$341.4 million net proceeds received through the issuance of 7.475 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per
share, at a price to the public of $47.50 per share

$700.0 million principal value term loan issued

$391.3 million net proceeds received through the issuance of 6.73 million shares of common stock, par value $0.01 per
share, at a price to the public of $60.00 per share

$800.0 million principal value of 7.75% senior notes issued

$400.0 million principal value of 8.00% senior notes issued

$1,200.0 million principal payment made on the term loan

•

•

•

•

•

•

The following table shows cash flow data for fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, which is discussed below.

(dollars in millions)
Cash provided by operating activities
Cash used in investing activities
Cash provided by (used in) financing activities
Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents

Year ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

$

$

386.7
(2,090.8)
2,053.1
33.3
382.3

$

$

502.4
(196.1)
(4.5)
0.4
302.2

$

$

451.6
(1,248.7)
1,372.4
(2.3)
573.0

Historically, we have generated and expect to continue generating positive cash flows from operations. We believe our cash 
on hand, cash flows from operations and our current and possible future credit facilities will be sufficient to satisfy our future 
working capital requirements, interest payments, research and development activities, capital expenditures, pension contributions 
and other financing requirements for the foreseeable future. Our ability to generate positive cash flows from operations is dependent 
on general economic conditions, competitive pressures and other business risk factors. If we are unable to generate sufficient 
cash flows from operations, or to otherwise comply with the terms of our credit facilities, we may be required to seek additional 
financing alternatives or waivers under our credit agreement and indentures governing our senior notes. There can be no assurance 
that we would be able to obtain additional financing or any such waivers on terms acceptable to us or at all.

Short-term financing needs primarily consist of working capital requirements, principal and interest payments on our long-
term debt and dividend payments on our cumulative preferred stock. Long-term financing needs will depend largely on potential 
growth opportunities, including acquisition activity and repayment or refinancing of our long-term debt obligations.

Operating Activities

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2017 decreased by $115.7 million compared to the 
year ended September 30, 2016. This decrease was driven by $103.0 million of legal settlements paid in the current year period, 
increased payments of advertising and promotional expenses in the current year, increased incentive payments paid in the current 
year on above target fiscal 2016 performance and increased interest payments of $24.0 million, partially offset by lower payments 
for income taxes of $43.8 million. 

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Cash provided by operating activities for the year ended September 30, 2016 increased by $50.8 million compared to the 
year ended September 30, 2015. This increase was driven by incremental cash flows from the operations of our 2016 and 2015 
acquisitions as well as increased net earnings attributable to organic growth within our Post Consumer Brands, Michael Foods 
Group and Active Nutrition segments, partially offset by $184.9 million of unfavorable working capital changes during the year 
ended September 30, 2016 when compared to working capital changes in the prior year. The unfavorable change in working 
capital was primarily due to an increase in inventory at Michael Foods, as supply returned to pre-AI levels as well as higher 
payments for income taxes in fiscal 2016 and the collection of a $55.5 million income tax receivable in fiscal 2015.

Investing Activities

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Cash used in investing activities for fiscal 2017 increased by $1,894.7 million compared to fiscal 2016. The increased cash 
outflow was driven by an increase in cash paid for acquisitions of $1,820.8 million and an increase in capital expenditures of 
$68.9 million, partially offset by an increase in proceeds received from the sale of property and assets held for sale of $8.5 million.

37

Cash used in investing activities was also impacted in fiscal 2016 by net proceeds received from the sale of businesses of $7.3 
million and changes in restricted cash related to pledged collateral for our commodity and energy derivative contracts. 

Capital expenditures were $190.4 million and $121.5 million in fiscal years 2017 and 2016, respectively. The increase is 
primarily related to the cage-free housing conversion at the Michael Foods Bloomfield, Nebraska facility, as well as capital 
expenditures related to businesses acquired in 2017. 

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Cash used in investing activities during fiscal 2016 decreased by $1,052.6 million compared to fiscal 2015. The decrease 
was driven by the reduction of cash paid for acquisitions of $1,144.8 million and an increase in net proceeds received from the 
sale of businesses of $3.5 million, partially offset by an increase in capital expenditures of $13.6 million and a decrease in proceeds 
received from the sale of property and assets held for sale of $18.3 million. Cash used in investing activities was also impacted 
in fiscal 2016 by escrow deposits of $0.6 million, classified as restricted cash, related to the fiscal 2017 acquisition of National 
Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. and in 2015 by escrow deposits of $55.0 million and $14.0 million, classified as restricted cash, related 
to the acquisitions of PowerBar and ABC, respectively. 

Capital expenditures were $121.5 million and $107.9 million in fiscal years 2016 and 2015, respectively.The increase was 

primarily due to an increase in capital expenditures during 2016 related to acquired businesses. 

Financing Activities

Fiscal 2017 compared to 2016 

Cash provided by financing activities was $2,053.1 million for fiscal 2017 compared to cash used in financing activities of 
$4.5 million in 2016. In fiscal 2017, we received proceeds from the issuance of long-term debt of $4,700.0 million related to the 
issuance of $2,500.0 million principal of 5.50% and 5.75% senior notes and $2,200.0 million under our term loan. A premium 
of $41.2 million was received related to the 5.75% senior notes. A portion of the proceeds from the issuances were used to repay 
the outstanding principal balances of our 6.75%, 7.375% and 7.75% senior notes and a portion of our 8.00% senior notes, which 
resulted in a total principal payment of $2,070.5 million. Related to the repayments of long-term debt, we paid tender premiums 
of $219.8 million for the early extinguishment of the senior notes. For the issuance of the new senior notes, the amendment and 
restatement of our prior credit agreement and the borrowings under our term loan, we paid $59.0 million in debt issuance costs 
and deferred financing fees. We also repurchased 4.0 million shares of our common stock at a total cost of $317.8 million, including 
brokers’ commissions, during the year ended September 30, 2017. 

During fiscal 2016, we completed a debt refinancing in which we issued $1,750.0 million principal value of 5.00% senior 
notes and utilized the proceeds to fund a tender offer of our 7.375% senior notes, which resulted in a principal payment of $1,242.0 
million (or 90% of the total outstanding principal balance). Additionally, we repaid the outstanding balance $374.4 million of 
our prior term loan. Related to the refinancing, we paid a tender premium $88.0 million for the early extinguishment of the 7.375% 
senior notes. Also in fiscal 2016, we made a $10.9 million payment related to the December 2015 conversion of 0.9 million shares 
of our 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (see Note 20 in the “Notes to Consolidated Financial 
Statements”). 

Fiscal 2016 compared to 2015 

Cash used in financing activities was $4.5 million for fiscal 2016 compared to cash provided by financing activities of 
$1,372.4 million in 2015. During fiscal 2016, we completed a debt refinancing in which we issued $1,750.0 million principal 
value of 5.00% senior notes and utilized the proceeds to fund a tender offer of our 7.375% senior notes, which resulted in a 
principal payment of $1,242.0 million (or 90% of the total outstanding principal balance). Additionally, we repaid the outstanding 
balance of $374.4 million of our prior term loan. We paid a tender premium of $88.0 million for the early extinguishment of the 
7.375% senior notes. Also in fiscal 2016, we made a $10.9 million payment related to the December 2015 conversion of 0.9 
million shares of our 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (Note 20 in the “Notes to Consolidated 
Financial Statements”). The prior year inflow was driven by net proceeds from the issuance of common stock of $732.7 million 
as well as the issuance of new debt as listed above.

38

Debt Covenants

Under the terms of our credit agreement, we are required to comply with a financial covenant consisting of a ratio for quarterly 
maximum senior secured leverage (as defined in the credit agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of 
any fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit loans, swing 
line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the credit agreement) exceeds 30% of the 
Company’s revolving credit commitments. As of September 30, 2017, we were not required to comply with such financial covenant 
as the aggregate amount of the aforementioned obligations did not exceed 30%. We do not believe non-compliance is reasonably 
likely in the foreseeable future.

Our credit agreement permits us to incur additional unsecured debt if, among other conditions, our pro forma consolidated 
interest coverage ratio, calculated as provided in the credit agreement, would be greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving 
effect to such new debt. As of September 30, 2017, our pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio exceeded this threshold. 

Contractual Obligations

In the normal course of business, we enter into contracts and commitments which obligate us to make payments in the future. 
The table below sets forth our significant future obligations by time period as of September 30, 2017. For consideration of the 
table below, “Less Than 1 Year” refers to obligations due between October 1, 2017 and September 30, 2018, “1-3 Years” refers 
to obligations due between October 1, 2018 and September 30, 2020, “3-5 Years” refers to obligations due between October 1, 
2020 and September 30, 2022, and “More Than 5 Years” refers to any obligations due after September 30, 2022.

(dollars in millions)
Debt
Interest on long-term debt(a)
Operating lease obligations(b)
Purchase obligations(c)
Deferred compensation obligations(d)
Net benefit obligations(e)
Total

____________

 Total (f)
$ 7,212.2
2,773.5
152.9
3,114.6
22.5
317.0
$ 13,592.7

Less Than
1 Year

$

22.1
350.1
22.4
1,125.4
0.6
25.7
$ 1,546.3

1-3 Years
44.1
$
697.9
49.0
896.9
3.2
54.9
$ 1,746.0

3-5 Years
44.0
$
694.8
43.4
523.1
5.4
58.8
$ 1,369.5

More Than
5 Years
$ 7,102.0
1,030.7
38.1
569.2
13.3
177.6
$ 8,930.9

(a)

As of September 30, 2017, we had interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,725.4 million consisting of:

•

•

•

•

$76.1 million which will result in cash payments which began in July 2016 and will continue through May 2021;

$750.0 million which will result in three net settlements with the first occurring in July 2018 and the last in July 2020;

$899.3 million which will result in a net settlement in December 2019; and

$1,000.0 million that obligates us to pay a fixed rate and receive one-month LIBOR, and requires monthly cash settlements
that began in June 2017 and end in May 2024.

Those payments have been excluded from this table. For additional information on our interest rate swaps, refer to “Quantitative and 
Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in Item 7A and Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Operating lease obligations consist of minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases, as shown in Note 16 of “Notes
to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Purchase obligations are legally binding agreements to purchase goods, services or equipment that specify all significant terms, including:
fixed or minimum quantities to be purchased and/or penalties imposed for failing to meet contracted minimum purchase quantities;
fixed, minimum or variable price provisions; and the approximate timing of the transaction. Estimates of future open market egg prices
and feed costs were used to derive the amounts reported for our egg contracts.

Deferred compensation obligations were allocated to time periods based on existing payment plans for terminated and severed employees,
the estimated timing of distributions to current employees based on age and expected service term for members of the Board of Directors.

Benefit obligations consist of future payments related to pension and other postretirement benefits as estimated by an actuarial valuation
and shown in Note 17 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

We have excluded from the table above $11.3 million, which includes interest and penalties, for certain provisions of ASC Topic 740
“Income Taxes” associated with liabilities for uncertain tax positions due to the uncertainty as to the amount and timing of payments,
if any. In addition, we have excluded payments for workers compensation, general liability and auto liability claim losses for which we
had a liability recorded of $14.8 million at September 30, 2017, of which $6.2 million was classified as current, due to the uncertainty
of the amount and timing of payments.

(b)

(c)

(d)

(e)

(f)

39

COMMODITY TRENDS AND SEASONALITY

Our Company is exposed to price fluctuations primarily from purchases of raw and packaging materials, fuel, and energy. 
Primary  exposures  include  corn,  wheat,  soybean  oil  and  meal,  nuts,  eggs,  dairy,  durum  wheat,  whey  protein,  milk  protein 
concentrate, natural gas, diesel fuel, linerboard and resin. These costs have been volatile in recent years and future changes in 
such costs may cause our results of operations and our operating margins to fluctuate significantly. We manage the impact of cost 
increases, wherever possible, on commercially reasonable terms, by locking in prices on the quantities required to meet our 
production requirements. In addition, we offset the effect of increased costs by raising prices to our customers. However, for 
competitive reasons, we may not be able to pass along the full effect of increases in raw materials and other input costs as we 
incur them. In addition, inflationary pressures can have an adverse effect on the Company through higher raw material and fuel 
costs. We believe that inflation has not had a material adverse impact on our operations for the years ended September 30, 2017, 
2016 and 2015, but could have a material impact in the future if inflation rates were to significantly exceed our ability to achieve 
price increases.

Demand for certain of our products may be influenced by holidays, changes in seasons or other events. For example, demand 
for our egg products, cheese and snacking and baking nuts tends to increase during the Thanksgiving, Christmas and other holiday 
seasons, which may result in increased net sales in certain of our segments during the first quarter of our fiscal year. Demand for 
our Malt-O-Meal hot wheat and Ready Brek hot oats cereals also tends to be seasonably biased towards the colder winter season. 
On a consolidated basis, our revenues and results of operations are distributed relatively evenly over the quarters in our fiscal 
year.

CURRENCY

Certain sales and costs of our foreign operations were denominated in Canadian Dollars, Euros, Pounds Sterling, South 
African Rand, Kenyan Shilling, Mexican Peso, Chinese Yuan and United Arab Emirates Dirham. Consequently, profits from 
these businesses can be impacted by fluctuations in the value of these currencies relative to the United States Dollar.

As of September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, we did not have any off-balance sheet arrangements as defined in Item 

303(a)(4) of Regulation S-K that are likely to have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

OFF-BALANCE SHEET ARRANGEMENTS

CRITICAL ACCOUNTING ESTIMATES

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States 
requires the use of judgment, estimates and assumptions. We make these subjective determinations after considering our historical 
performance, management’s experience, current economic trends and events and information from outside sources. Inherent in 
this process is the possibility that actual results could differ from these estimates and assumptions for any particular period.

Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” Our critical 
accounting estimates are those that have a meaningful impact on the reporting of our financial condition and results of operations.

Revenue Recognition - Revenue is recognized when title of goods is transferred to the customer, as specified by the shipping 
terms. Net sales reflect gross sales, including amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling, less sales discounts and 
trade allowances (including promotional price buy downs and new item promotional funding). Customer trade allowances are 
generally computed as a percentage of gross sales. Products are generally sold with no right of return except in the case of goods 
which do not meet product specifications or are damaged and related reserves are maintained based on return history. If additional 
rights of return are granted, revenue recognition is deferred. Estimated reductions to revenue for customer incentive offerings 
are based upon customer redemption history.

Business  Combinations  -  We  use  the  acquisition  method  in  accounting  for  acquired  businesses.  Under  the  acquisition 
method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the acquisition. 
The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the acquisition. 
Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as goodwill. 
Significant judgment is often required in estimating the fair value of assets acquired, particularly intangible assets. As a result, 
in the case of significant acquisitions we normally obtain the assistance of a third party valuation specialist in estimating fair 
values of tangible and intangible assets. The fair value estimates are based on available historical information and on expectations 
and assumptions about the future, considering the perspective of marketplace participants. While we believe those expectations 
and assumptions are reasonable, they are inherently uncertain. Unanticipated market or macroeconomic events and circumstances 
may occur, which could affect the accuracy or validity of the estimates and assumptions.

Long-Lived Assets - We review long-lived assets, including leasehold improvements, property and equipment, and amortized 
intangible assets for impairment whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the 
assets may not be fully recoverable. Long-lived assets to be disposed of are reported at the lower of the carrying amount or fair 

40

value less the cost to sell. Recoverability of assets held for sale is measured by a comparison of the carrying amount of an asset 
or asset group to their fair value less estimated costs to sell. Estimating future cash flows and calculating the fair value of assets 
requires significant estimates and assumptions by management.

Indefinite Lived Assets - Trademarks with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of each 
fiscal year following the annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may 
be impaired. In assessing other intangible assets not subject to amortization for impairment, we have the option to perform a 
qualitative assessment to determine whether the existence of events or circumstances leads to a determination that it is more 
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount. If we determine that it is not more 
likely than not that the fair value of such an intangible asset is less than its carrying amount, then we are not required to perform 
any additional tests for assessing intangible assets for impairment. However, if we conclude otherwise or elect not to perform 
the qualitative assessment, then we are required to perform a quantitative impairment test that involves a comparison of the 
estimated fair value of the intangible asset with its carrying value. If the carrying value of the intangible asset exceeds its fair 
value, an impairment loss is recognized in an amount equal to that excess. 

In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, we elected not to perform a qualitative assessment and instead performed a quantitative 
impairment test. The estimated fair value is determined using an income-based approach (the relief-from-royalty method), which 
requires  significant  assumptions  for  each  brand,  including  estimates  regarding  future  revenue  growth,  discount  rates,  and 
appropriate royalty rates. We estimated royalty rates based on consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit 
levels, research of external royalty rates by third party experts, and the relative importance of each brand to the Company. Revenue 
growth assumptions are based on historical trends and management’s expectations for future growth by brand. The discount rates 
are based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market data of similar companies.

For the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company conducted an impairment review and concluded there was no impairment 
of other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of September 30, 2017. At September 30, 2017, the fair value of the Honey Bunches 
of Oats brand exceeded its carrying value of $243.9 million, or by 8%. Due to declining sales, as discussed in Segment Results 
above, the fair value of the brand decreased as compared to prior year. A 75 basis point reduction to the estimated growth rate 
would have resulted in an immaterial impairment. At September 30, 2017, the estimated fair values of all other indefinite-lived 
intangible assets exceeded their carrying values by at least 15%, (the Great Grains brand being the lowest) with the exception 
of the recently acquired Weetabix brand, whose fair value exceeded its carrying value by 3%.

For the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company conducted an impairment review and concluded there was no impairment 
of other indefinite-lived intangible assets as of September 30, 2016. At September 30, 2016, the estimated fair values of all other 
indefinite-lived intangible assets exceeded their carrying values by at least 36%.

At September 30, 2015, Post recorded impairment losses in the Post Consumer Brands segment of $3.7 million for the Grape-
Nuts brand and $0.1 million for the 100% Bran brand to record these trademarks at their estimated current fair values of $11.2 
million and zero, respectively. Impairment charges of these Post Foods brands were primarily the result of declines within the 
branded RTE cereal category and as a result, management’s decisions to reduce advertising and consumer spend for the brands 
and to no longer pursue product adjacencies related to Grape-Nuts. A change to the management team for the Post Consumer 
Brands segment occurred in May 2015, and at that time a comprehensive reassessment of brand strategies was performed which 
resulted in the fourth quarter decisions that triggered the impairments. Due to repeated past impairments, continued weakness in 
the brand forecasts and a lack of sales growth from recent brand support efforts, as of October 1, 2015, the Grape-Nuts brand 
was converted to a definite-lived asset and assigned a 20 year useful life.

Goodwill - Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable 
net assets. We conduct a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the 
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill 
impairment qualitative assessment requires us to perform an assessment to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair 
value  of  the  business  is  less  than  its  carrying  amount.  The  qualitative  assessment  considers  various  factors,  including  the 
macroeconomic environment, industry and market specific conditions, financial performance, cost impacts, and issues or events 
specific to the business. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value of the business, we 
perform a quantitative goodwill impairment test. In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, we elected not to perform a qualitative 
assessment and instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units. 

Under Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-04, which was early adopted on a prospective basis in the fourth quarter 
of fiscal 2017, the goodwill impairment test requires an entity to compare the fair value of each reporting unit with its carrying 
amount. An impairment charge should be recognized for the amount by which the carrying amount of goodwill exceeds the 
reporting unit’s fair value with the loss not exceeding the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit.The estimated 
fair values of each reporting unit were determined using a combined income and market approach with a greater weighting on 
the income approach (75% of the calculation for all reporting units, excluding Dymatize which is 100%). The income approach 
is based on discounted future cash flows and requires significant assumptions, including estimates regarding future revenue, 
profitability, and capital requirements. The market approach (25% of the calculation for all reporting units, excluding Dymatize 

41

which is 0%) is based on a market multiple (revenue and EBITDA which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, 
depreciation,  and  amortization)  and  requires  an  estimate  of  appropriate  multiples  based  on  market  data.  Revenue  growth 
assumptions (along with profitability and cash flow assumptions) were based on historical trends for the reporting units and 
management's expectations for future growth. The discount rates were based on a risk adjusted weighted-average cost of capital 
utilizing industry market data of businesses similar to the reporting units and based upon management judgment. For the market 
approach, we used estimated EBITDA and revenue multiples based on industry market data. For the Dymatize unit, the market 
approach was not used as it was concluded that the selected industry market data was not consistent with a business with the 
future growth expectations of this reporting unit. 

Prior to the adoption of ASU 2017-04 in fiscal 2017, the impairment test required a two-step quantitative evaluation. Step 
one of the evaluation involved comparing the current fair value of each reporting unit to its carrying value, including goodwill, 
consistent with as described above. If the fair value of a reporting unit determined in step one of the evaluation was lower than 
its carrying value, we proceeded to step two, which compared the carrying value of goodwill to its implied fair value. In estimating 
the implied fair value of goodwill for a reporting unit, we assigned the fair value of the reporting unit (as determined in the first 
step)  to  the  assets and  liabilities  associated  with  the  reporting  unit  as  if  the  reporting  unit  had  been  acquired  in  a  business 
combination. Any excess of the carrying value of goodwill of the reporting unit over its implied fair value was recorded as 
impairment.

For the year ended September 30, 2017, we recorded a charge of $26.5 million for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment 
charge related to our Dymatize reporting unit which is included in the Active Nutrition segment. In fiscal 2017, consistent with 
the prior year, the specialty sports nutrition channel, in which Dymatize sells the majority of its products, continued to experience 
weak sales which resulted in management lowering its long-term expectations for the Dymatize reporting unit. After conducting 
step one of the impairment analysis, it was determined that the carrying value of the Dymatize reporting unit exceeded its fair 
value by $76.6 million. As the application of ASU 2017-04 does not allow for step two of the analysis prescribed prior to the 
adoption of ASU 2017-04, we recorded an impairment charge for of goodwill down to the fair value. At the time of the analysis, 
the Dymatize reporting unit had $26.5 million of remaining goodwill, and we therefore recorded an impairment charge for the 
entire goodwill balance of $26.5 million. At September 30, 2017, the estimated fair values of all other reporting units exceeded 
their carrying values by at least 25%, with the exception of the recently acquired Weetabix business unit, whose fair value exceeded 
its carrying value by 1%.

We did not record a goodwill impairment charge as of September 30, 2016. With the exception of Dymatize, all reporting 
units passed the first step of the impairment test. Dymatize failed step one and accordingly, we proceeded to perform step two 
of the analysis. Based on the results of step two, we determined that the fair value of the goodwill allocated to the Dymatize 
reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately $36.0 million and was therefore not impaired as of September 30, 
2016. At September 30, 2016, the estimated fair values of all other reporting units exceeded their carrying values by at least 33%.

As of September 30, 2015, we recorded a total charge of $57.0 million for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment 
charge related to the Active Nutrition segment and was primarily the result of fourth quarter production issues at Dymatize which 
resulted in the Company’s decision to close its manufacturing facility and permanently transfer production to third party facilities 
under co-manufacturing agreements. At September 30, 2015, the estimated fair values of the remaining unimpaired reporting 
units exceeded their carrying values in excess of 15%.

Pension and Other Postretirement Benefits - Pension assets and liabilities are determined on an actuarial basis and are 
affected by the estimated market-related value of plan assets, estimates of the expected return on plan assets, discount rates, future 
salary increases, and other assumptions inherent in these valuations. We annually review the assumptions underlying the actuarial 
calculations and make changes to these assumptions, based on current market conditions and historical trends, as necessary. 
Differences between the actual return on plan assets and the expected return on plan assets and changes to projected future rates 
of return on plan assets will affect the amount of pension expense or income ultimately recognized. The other postretirement 
benefits liability (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance) is also determined on an actuarial basis and is affected by 
assumptions including the discount rate and expected trends in healthcare costs. Changes in the discount rate and differences 
between actual and expected healthcare costs will affect the recorded amount of other postretirement benefits expense. For both 
pensions and other postretirement benefit calculations, the assumed discount rate is determined by projecting the plans’ expected 
future  benefit  payments  as  defined  for  the  projected  benefit  obligation  or  accumulated  postretirement  benefit  obligation, 
discounting those expected payments using a theoretical zero-coupon spot yield curve derived from a universe of high-quality 
(rated AA or better by Moody’s Investor Service) corporate bonds as of the measurement date, and solving for the single equivalent 
discount rate  that results  in  the  same  present value. A  1%  decrease in the  assumed discount  rate (from  3.86% to  2.86%  for 
U.S. pension; from 3.77% to 2.77% for U.S. other postretirement benefits; from 3.63% to 2.63% for Canadian pension; from 
3.69% to 2.69% for Canadian other postretirement benefits; and from 2.72% to 1.72% for Other International pension) would 
have  increased  the  recorded  benefit  obligations  at  September 30,  2017  by  approximately  $176.3 million  for  pensions  and 
approximately $9.8 million for other postretirement benefits. The expected return on plan assets was determined based on historical 
and expected future returns of the various asset classes, using the target allocations of the plans. A 1% decrease in the assumed 
return on plan assets (from 5.33% to 4.23% for U.S., from 6.00% to 5.00% for Canadian and from 3.52% to 2.52% for Other 

42

International) would have increased the net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans by approximately $2.7 million. We expect 
to contribute $14.8 million to the combined pension plans in fiscal 2018. No contributions to our postretirement medical benefit 
plans are expected in fiscal 2017. Contributions beyond 2017 remain uncertain and will significantly depend on changes in 
actuarial  assumptions,  actual  return  on  plan  assets  and  any  legislative  or  regulatory  changes  that  may  affect  plan  funding 
requirements.  See  Note 17  of  “Notes  to  Consolidated  Financial  Statements”  for  more  information  about  pension  and  other 
postretirement benefit assumptions.

Income Tax - We estimate income tax expense based on taxes in each jurisdiction. We estimate current tax exposures together 
with temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax and financial reporting purposes. These temporary 
differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. We believe that sufficient income will be generated in the future to realize 
the benefit of most of our deferred tax assets. Where there is not sufficient evidence that such income is likely to be generated, 
we establish a valuation allowance against the related deferred tax assets. We are subject to periodic audits by governmental tax 
authorities of our income tax returns. These audits generally include questions regarding our tax filing positions, including the 
amount  and  timing  of  deductions  and  the  allocation  of  income  among  various  tax  jurisdictions. We  evaluate  our  exposures 
associated with our tax filing positions, including state and local taxes, and record reserves for estimated exposures. 

United States federal, United States state and Canadian income tax returns for the tax years ended September 30, 2016, 2015 
and 2014 are subject to examination by the tax authorities in each respective jurisdiction. The Michael Foods tax return for the 
short year ended June 2, 2014 was examined by the Internal Revenue Service without adjustment.

For the NPE acquisition made in 2017 and acquisitions made in 2015, the seller generally retained responsibility for all 
income tax liabilities through the date of acquisition. With respect to the acquisition of the Weetabix Group, the Company assumed 
substantially all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination. With respect to the Michael 
Foods acquisition, we assumed all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination, consisting 
primarily of the short tax year ended June 2, 2014, the date of acquisition. We did not assume any pre-acquisition tax liabilities 
related to the 2016 acquisition of WEF.

See Note 8 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for more information about estimates affecting income taxes. 

RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

See Note 3 of  “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements” for a discussion regarding recently issued and adopted accounting 

standards.

ITEM 7A.  QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

Commodity Price Risk

In the ordinary course of business, we are exposed to commodity price risks relating to the acquisition of raw materials and 
fuels. We use futures contracts, options and swaps to manage certain of these exposures when it is practical to do so. For more 
information, see “Commodity Trends and Seasonality” and Note 13 of “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.” 

Foreign Currency Risk

Related to its foreign subsidiaries, the Company is exposed to risks of fluctuations in future cash flows and earnings due to 
changes in exchange rates. To mitigate these risks, the Company uses a combination of foreign exchange contracts which may 
consist of options, forward contracts and currency swaps. At Sepetember 30, 2017, the Company had a  total notional amount of 
$473.4 million of such instruments outstanding, a portion of which are designated as cash flow and net investment hedges. The 
fair value of foreign exchange contracts consists of assets of $1.6 million and liabilities of $25.1 million. For additional information, 
refer to Note 13 of the “Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.”

Interest Rate Risk

As of September 30, 2017, we have principal value of indebtedness of $7,212.2 million related to our senior notes, term loan, 
capital lease and an undrawn $800.0 million revolving credit facility. The revolving credit facility has outstanding letters of credit 
of $10.0 million which reduced the available borrowing capacity to $790.0 million at September 30, 2017. Of the total $7,212.2 
million outstanding indebtedness, $5,017.7 million bears interest at a weighted-average fixed interest rate of 5.5%.

As of September 30, 2017, we had interest rate swaps with a notional value of $2,725.4 million consisting of:

•

•

•

$76.1 million resulting in cash payments which began in July 2016 and will continue through May 2021;

$750.0 million which will result in three net settlements with the first occurring in July 2018 and the last in July
2020;

$899.3 million which will result in a net settlement in December 2019; and

43

•

$1,000.0 million that obligates us to pay a fixed rate and receive one-month LIBOR, and requires monthly cash
settlements that began in June 2017 and end in May 2024.

Borrowings under the revolving credit facility will bear interest, at our option, at an annual rate equal to either the Base Rate, 
Eurodollar Rate or Canadian Dollar Offered Rate (“CDOR Rate”) plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% for 
Eurodollar Rate-based loans and CDOR Rate-based loans and from 0.75% to 1.25% for Base Rate-based loans, depending in each 
case on our senior secured leverage ratio.

44

ITEM 8. 

FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

Audited Consolidated Financial Statements
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm..............................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.......................
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2017, 2016
and 2015 ..........................................................................................................................................................................
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 ...................................................................................
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.....................
Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.......
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements .....................................................................................................................

47
48

49
50
51
52
54

45

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Board of Directors and Shareholders of Post Holdings, Inc.,

In our opinion, the accompanying consolidated balance sheets and the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive 
income (loss), shareholders’ equity and cash flows present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Post Holdings, 
Inc. and its subsidiaries as of September 30, 2017 and 2016 and the results of their operations and their cash flows for each of the 
three years in the period ended September 30, 2017 in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United 
States of America. Also in our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial 
reporting as September 30, 2017, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the 
Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). The Company's management is responsible for 
these  financial  statements,  for  maintaining  effective  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  and  for  its  assessment  of  the 
effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in Management's Report on Internal Control over Financial 
Reporting. Our responsibility is to express opinions on these financial statements and on the Company's internal control over 
financial reporting based on our integrated audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the Public Company 
Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audits to obtain reasonable 
assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement and whether effective internal control over 
financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audits of the financial statements included examining, on a test 
basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and 
significant estimates made by management, and evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. Our audit of internal 
control over financial reporting included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk 
that a material weakness exists, and testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the 
assessed risk. Our audits also included performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We 
believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinions.

As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company changed the manner in which it accounts for goodwill 
impairment charges in 2017. 

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability 
of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted 
accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (i) pertain 
to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets 
of the company; (ii) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial 
statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are 
being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (iii) provide reasonable 
assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that 
could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because  of  its  inherent  limitations,  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  may  not  prevent  or  detect  misstatements. Also, 
projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because 
of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

As described in Management’s Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting, management has excluded Latimer Newco 
2 Limited (“Latimer”) and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries, including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix 
Group”), from its assessment of internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017, because it was acquired by 
the Company in a purchase business combination during fiscal year 2017. We have also excluded the Weetabix Group from our 
audit of internal control over financial reporting. The Weetabix Group is made up of wholly-owned subsidiaries whose total assets 
and total revenues excluded from management’s assessment and our audit of internal control over financial reporting represent 
$596.0 million or 5% and $140.5 million or 3%, respectively, of the related consolidated financial statement amounts as of and 
for the year ended September 30, 2017. 

/s/PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP 
St. Louis, Missouri 
November 17, 2017 

47

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
(in millions, except per share data)

Net Sales
Cost of goods sold
Gross Profit

Selling, general and administrative expenses
Amortization of intangible assets
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Other operating expenses, net
Operating Profit

Interest expense, net
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
Other (income) expense, net
Earnings (Loss) before Income Taxes
Income tax expense (benefit)
Net Earnings (Loss) Including Noncontrolling Interest   
Less: Net loss attributable to noncontrolling interest
Net Earnings (Loss)
Preferred stock dividends
Net Earnings (Loss) Available to Common Shareholders

Earnings (Loss) per share:
Basic
Diluted

Weighted-Average Common Shares Outstanding:
Basic
Diluted

$

$

$
$

Year Ended September 30,
2016
5,026.8
3,479.4
1,547.4

$

$

2017
5,225.8
3,651.7
1,574.1

867.4
159.1
26.5
0.8
520.3

314.8
222.9
(91.8)
74.4
26.1
48.3
—
48.3
(13.5)
34.8

0.51
0.50

67.8
69.9

839.7
152.6
—
9.4
545.7

306.5
86.4
182.9
(30.1)
(26.8)
(3.3)
—
(3.3)
(25.1)
(28.4)

(0.41)
(0.41)

68.8
68.8

$

$
$

$

$
$

2015
4,648.2
3,473.8
1,174.4

734.1
141.7
60.8
25.1
212.7

257.5
30.0
92.5
(167.3)
(52.0)
(115.3)
—
(115.3)
(17.0)
(132.3)

(2.33)
(2.33)

56.7
56.7

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

48

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS)
(in millions)

Net Earnings (Loss)
Pension and postretirement benefits adjustments:

Unrealized pension and postretirement benefit obligations

Reclassifications to net earnings (loss)

Unrealized gain on plan amendment (see Note 17)

Hedging adjustments:

Unrealized net (loss) on derivatives (see Note 13)

Reclassifications to net earnings (loss) (see Note 13)

Foreign currency translation adjustments:

Unrealized foreign currency translation adjustments

Reclassifications to net loss (see Note 5)

Tax (expense) benefit on other comprehensive income (loss):

Pension and postretirement benefits
Hedging

Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

$

48.3

$

(3.3)

$

(115.3)

47.8
(2.3)
—

(18.8)
0.7

(5.7)
—

(8.3)
7.0
68.7

$

6.2
(0.8)
35.6

—

—

5.5
(1.3)

(16.5)
—
25.4

(9.5)
1.0

—

—

—

(56.3)
—

3.3
—
(176.8)

$

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

49

POST HOLDINGS, INC.
CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
(in millions, except par value)  

ASSETS

September 30,

2017

2016

Current Assets

Cash and cash equivalents
Restricted cash
Receivables, net
Inventories
Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Total Current Assets

Property, net
Goodwill
Other intangible assets, net
Other assets

Total Assets

LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY

Current Liabilities

Current portion of long-term debt
Accounts payable
Other current liabilities

Total Current Liabilities

Long-term debt
Deferred income taxes
Other liabilities

Total Liabilities

Commitments and Contingencies (See Note 16)

Shareholders’ Equity

Preferred Stock, $0.01 par value, 50.0 shares authorized

3.75% Series B, 1.5 shares issued and outstanding in each year

2.50% Series C, 3.2 shares issued and outstanding in each year

Common stock, $0.01 par value, 300.0 shares authorized, 66.1 and 64.9 shares
outstanding, respectively
Additional paid-in capital
Accumulated deficit
Accumulated other comprehensive loss
Treasury stock, at cost, 5.8 and 1.8 shares, respectively

Total Shareholders’ Equity Excluding Noncontrolling Interest

Noncontrolling interest

Total Shareholders’ Equity
Total Liabilities and Shareholders’ Equity

$

$

$

$

1,525.9
4.2
480.6
573.5
31.7
2,615.9
1,690.7
4,032.0
3,353.9
184.3
11,876.8

22.1
336.0
346.3
704.4
7,149.1
905.8
327.8
9,087.1

$

$

$

1,143.6
8.4
385.0
503.1
36.8
2,076.9
1,354.4
3,079.7
2,833.7
15.9
9,360.6

12.3
264.4
357.3
634.0
4,551.2
726.5
440.3
6,352.0

—

—

0.7
3,566.5
(376.0)
(40.0)
(371.2)
2,780.0
9.7
2,789.7
11,876.8

0.7
3,546.0
(424.3)
(60.4)
(53.4)
3,008.6
—
3,008.6
9,360.6

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

50

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
(in millions)

Cash Flows from Operating Activities
Net earnings (loss)
Adjustments to reconcile net earnings (loss) to net cash flow provided by
operating activities:

Depreciation and amortization
Loss on extinguishment of debt, net
(Gain) loss on foreign currency
Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets
Unrealized (gain) loss on interest rate swaps and cross-currency swaps, net
Assets held for sale
Non-cash stock-based compensation expense
Deferred income taxes
Other, net
Other changes in current assets and liabilities, net of business acquisitions:

(Increase) decrease in receivables
(Increase) decrease in inventories
Decrease (increase) in prepaid expenses and other current assets
(Decrease) increase in accounts payable and other current liabilities
Increase in non-current liabilities
Net Cash Provided by Operating Activities

Cash Flows from Investing Activities
Business acquisitions, net of cash acquired
Additions to property
Restricted cash
Proceeds from sale of property and assets held for sale
Proceeds from sale of businesses
Insurance proceeds on property losses

Net Cash Used in Investing Activities
Cash Flows from Financing Activities
Proceeds from issuance of long-term debt
Proceeds from issuance of common stock, net of issuance costs
Repayments of long-term debt
Purchases of treasury stock
Payments of preferred stock dividends
Premium from issuance of long-term debt
Preferred stock conversion
Payments of debt issuance costs
Payment of premium on debt extinguishment
Proceeds from exercise of stock awards
Net cash received from stock repurchase contracts
Other, net

Net Cash Provided by (Used in) Financing Activities

Effect of Exchange Rate Changes on Cash and Cash Equivalents
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents
Cash and Cash Equivalents, Beginning of Year
Cash and Cash Equivalents, End of Year

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

$

48.3

$

(3.3)

$

(115.3)

323.1
222.9
(30.8)
26.5
(93.6)
(0.2)
23.6
17.4
4.4

(52.1)
(2.5)
3.7
(109.0)
5.0
386.7

(1,915.2)
(190.4)
4.2
10.6
—
—
(2,090.8)

4,700.0
—
(2,088.4)
(317.8)
(13.5)
41.2
—
(59.0)
(219.8)
13.4
—
(3.0)
2,053.1
33.3
382.3
1,143.6
$ 1,525.9

302.8
86.4
(0.2)
—
182.4
9.3
17.2
(74.6)
0.8

(4.0)
(37.2)
(3.5)
18.8
7.5
502.4

(94.4)
(121.5)
10.4
2.1
7.3
—
(196.1)

1,750.0
—
(1,632.2)
—
(14.4)
—
(10.9)
(24.3)
(88.0)
6.6
1.1
7.6
(4.5)
0.4
302.2
841.4
$ 1,143.6

272.8
30.0
4.3
60.8
92.5
34.2
22.7
(120.1)
9.1

89.5
30.5
(7.0)
46.0
1.6
451.6

(1,239.2)
(107.9)
72.1
20.4
3.8
2.1
(1,248.7)

1,896.5
732.7
(1,225.1)
—
(17.1)
—
—
(31.5)
—
15.5
—
1.4
1,372.4
(2.3)
573.0
268.4
841.4

$

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

51

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Preferred Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

Accumulated
Deficit

Balance, September 30, 2014

5.6

$

0.1

44.8

$

0.5

$ 2,669.3

$

Net loss

Preferred stock dividends declared

Issuance of common stock

Activity under stock and deferred compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense

Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

Balance, September 30, 2015

Net loss

Preferred stock dividends declared

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

5.6

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

Preferred stock conversion (see Note 20)

(0.9)

(0.1)

Activity under stock and deferred compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense

Net cash received from stock repurchase contracts (see
Note 20)

Tangible equity units conversion

Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

—

—

—

—

—

—

Balance, September 30, 2016

4.7

$

Net earnings

Preferred stock dividends declared

Activity under stock and deferred compensation plans

Stock-based compensation expense

Purchases of treasury stock

Non-controlling interest in acquisition

Tangible equity units conversion

Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax

Net change in hedges, net of tax

Foreign currency translation adjustments

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

Balance, September 30, 2017

4.7

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—
—

—

—

—

16.7

0.6

—

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

(17.1)

847.0

16.9

22.7

—

—

(305.7)

(115.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—

62.1

$

0.6

$ 3,538.8

$

(421.0)

—

—

2.0

0.6

—

—

0.2

—

—

—

—

0.1

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(14.4)

(10.9)

14.2

17.2

1.1

—

—

—

(3.3)

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

64.9

$

0.7

$ 3,546.0

$

(424.3)

—

—

0.5

—

(4.0)

—

4.7

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

(13.5)

10.4

23.6

—

—

—

—

—

—

48.3

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

66.1

$

0.7

$ 3,566.5

$

(376.0)

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

52

POST HOLDINGS, INC. 
CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS’ EQUITY
(in millions)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Loss

Retirement
Benefit
Adjustments,
net of tax

Hedging
Adjustments,
net of tax

Foreign
Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Treasury
Stock

Non-
Controlling
Interest

Total
Shareholders’
Equity

Balance, September 30, 2014
Net loss
Preferred stock dividends declared
Issuance of common stock

Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2015
Net loss
Preferred stock dividends declared
Preferred stock conversion (see Note 20)

Activity under stock and deferred compensation
plans
Stock-based compensation expense

Net cash received from stock repurchase contracts
(see Note 20)
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2016
Net earnings

Preferred stock dividends declared

Activity under stock and deferred compensation 
plans
Stock-based compensation expense
Purchases of treasury stock
Non-controlling interest in acquisition
Tangible equity units conversion
Net change in retirement benefits, net of tax
Net change in hedges, net of tax
Foreign currency translation adjustments
Balance, September 30, 2017

$

$

(21.4) $
—
—
—

—
—
(5.2)
—
(26.6) $
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
24.5
—

$

(2.1) $

—

—

—
—
—
—
—
37.2
—
—
35.1

$

$

— $
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—
— $
—

—

—
—
—
—
—
—
(11.1)
—
(11.1) $

(6.2) $ (53.4) $

—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—
(56.3)
(62.5) $ (53.4) $

—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
4.2

—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—

(58.3) $ (53.4) $

—

—

—

—

—
—
—
—
— (317.8)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
(5.7)

(64.0) $ (371.2) $

— $
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
— $
—
—
—

—
—

—
—
—
—
— $
—

—

—
—
—
9.7
—
—
—
—
9.7

$

2,283.2
(115.3)
(17.1)
847.1

16.9
22.7
(5.2)
(56.3)
2,976.0
(3.3)
(14.4)
(10.9)

14.2
17.2

1.1
—
24.5
4.2
3,008.6
48.3

(13.5)

10.4
23.6
(317.8)
9.7
—
37.2
(11.1)
(5.7)
2,789.7

See accompanying Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

53

POST HOLDINGS, INC.
NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
(dollars in millions, except per share data or where indicated otherwise)

NOTE 1 — BACKGROUND

Post Holdings, Inc. (“Post” or the “Company”) is a consumer packaged goods holding company operating in the center-of-
the-store, foodservice, food ingredient, refrigerated, active nutrition and private brand food categories. The Company’s products 
are sold through a variety of channels such as grocery, club and drug stores, mass merchandisers, foodservice, ingredient and via 
the internet. Post operates in five reportable segments: Post Consumer Brands, Michael Foods Group, Active Nutrition, Private 
Brands and Weetabix. The Post Consumer Brands segment includes the North American ready-to-eat (“RTE”) cereal and granola 
businesses, inclusive of the recently acquired Weetabix North American RTE cereal business, the Michael Foods Group segment 
includes predominantly foodservice and food ingredient egg, potato and pasta businesses and a retail cheese business, the Active 
Nutrition segment includes protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplements, the Private Brands segment primarily 
consists of peanut and other nut butters and dried fruit and nuts and the Weetabix segment includes the international (primarily 
United Kingdom) RTE cereal and muesli business.

On February 6, 2012, Post common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange under the ticker symbol “POST.”

Unless otherwise stated or the context otherwise indicates, all references in this Form 10-K to “Post,” “the Company,” “us,” 
“our” or “we” mean Post Holdings, Inc. and its consolidated and non-consolidated subsidiaries. Certain prior year amounts have 
been reclassified to conform with the 2017 presentation. These reclassifications had no impact on Net Loss or Shareholders’ Equity, 
as previously reported.

NOTE 2 — SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

Principles of Consolidation — The consolidated financial statements include the operations of Post and its wholly-owned 

and majority-owned subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions have been eliminated. 

Use of Estimates and Allocations — The consolidated financial statements of the Company are prepared in conformity with 
accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), which require certain elections as to accounting 
policy, estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, the disclosure of contingent liabilities at 
the dates of the financial statements and the reported amount of net revenues and expenses during the reporting periods. Significant 
accounting policy elections, estimates and assumptions include, among others, pension and benefit plan assumptions, valuation 
assumptions of goodwill and other intangible assets, marketing programs, self insurance reserves and income taxes. Actual results 
could differ from those estimates.

Business  Combinations  —  The  Company  uses  the  acquisition  method  in  accounting  for  acquired  businesses.  Under  the 
acquisition method, our financial statements reflect the operations of an acquired business starting from the completion of the 
acquisition. The assets acquired and liabilities assumed are recorded at their respective estimated fair values at the date of the 
acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the identifiable net assets acquired is recorded as 
goodwill.

Cash Equivalents — Cash equivalents include all highly liquid investments with original maturities of less than three months.

Restricted Cash — Restricted cash includes items such as cash deposits which serve as collateral for certain commodity 
hedging contracts as well as the Company's high deductible workers’ compensation insurance program. In addition, restricted cash 
at September 30, 2016 included deposits with third party escrow agents in connection with an acquisition that was credited against 
the purchase price when the transaction closed.

Receivables  —  Receivables  are  reported  at  net  realizable  value. This  value  includes  appropriate  allowances  for  doubtful 
accounts, cash discounts, and other amounts which the Company does not ultimately expect to collect. The Company determines 
its  allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  based  on  historical  losses  as  well  as  the  economic  status  of,  and  its  relationship  with  its 
customers, especially those identified as “at risk.” A receivable is considered past due if payments have not been received within 
the agreed upon invoice terms. Receivables are written off against the allowance when the customer files for bankruptcy protection 
or are otherwise deemed to be uncollectible based upon the Company’s evaluation of the customer’s solvency. The Weetabix 
Group, acquired July 3, 2017 (as defined and described in Note 5), sells certain receivables to third party institutions without 
recourse. The amount sold from the date of acquisition through September 30, 2017 was $37.3. 

Inventories — Inventories, other than flocks, are generally valued at the lower of average cost (determined on a first-in, first-
out basis) or net realizable value. Reported amounts have been reduced by an allowance for obsolete product and packaging 
materials based on a review of inventories on hand compared to estimated future usage and sales. Flock inventory represents the 
cost of purchasing and raising chicken flocks to egg laying maturity. The costs included in our flock inventory include the costs 

54

of the chicks, the feed fed to the birds and the labor and overhead costs incurred to operate the pullet facilities until the birds are 
transferred into the laying facilities, at which time their cost is amortized to operations, as cost of goods sold, over their expected 
useful lives of one to two years.

Restructuring Expenses and Assets Held for Sale — Restructuring charges principally consist of severance, accelerated stock 
compensation  and  other  employee  separation  costs,  accelerated  depreciation  and  certain  long-lived  asset  impairments.  The 
Company recognizes restructuring obligations and liabilities for exit and disposal activities at fair value in the period the liability 
is incurred. Employee severance costs are expensed when they become probable and reasonably estimable under established 
severance plans. Depreciation expense related to assets that will be disposed of or idled as a part of the restructuring activity is 
accelerated through the expected date of the asset shut down. Assets are classified as held for sale if the Company has committed 
to a plan for selling the assets, is actively and reasonably marketing them, and sale is reasonably expected within one year. The 
carrying value of assets held for sale is included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 
See Note 4 for information about restructuring expenses and assets held for sale.

Property — Property is recorded at cost, and depreciation expense is generally provided on a straight-line basis over the 
estimated useful lives of the properties. Estimated useful lives range from 1 to 20 years for machinery and equipment; 1 to 40 years 
for buildings, building improvements and leasehold improvements; and 1 to 5 years for software. Total depreciation expense was 
$164.0, $150.2 and $131.1 in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Any gains and losses incurred on the sale or disposal of 
assets are included in "Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. Repair and maintenance costs 
incurred in connection with on-going and planned major maintenance activities are accounted for under the direct expensing 
method. Property consisted of: 

Land and land improvements
Buildings and leasehold improvements
Machinery and equipment
Software
Construction in progress

Accumulated depreciation

September 30,

2017

2016

$

90.9
699.4
1,439.3
64.5
100.0
2,394.1
(703.4)
$ 1,690.7

$

58.0
618.2
1,094.5
50.4
79.2
1,900.3
(545.9)
$ 1,354.4

Other Intangible Assets — Other intangible assets consist primarily of customer relationships and trademarks/brands acquired 
in business combinations and includes both indefinite and definite-lived assets. Amortization expense related to definite-lived 
intangible assets, which is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, was $159.1, $152.6, and 
$141.7 in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. For the definite-lived intangible assets recorded as of September 30, 2017, 
amortization expense of $167.5, $166.6, $166.5, $166.5 and $163.8 is expected for fiscal 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021 and 2022, 
respectively. Other intangible assets consisted of: 

Subject to amortization:

Customer relationships
Trademarks/brands
Other

Not subject to amortization:

Trademarks/brands

Carrying
Amount

September 30, 2017
Accum.
Amort.

Net
Amount

Carrying
Amount

September 30, 2016
Accum.
Amort.

Net
Amount

$

$ 2,249.3
834.1
21.7
3,105.1

(416.7) $ 1,832.6
(162.9)
671.2
(9.8)
11.9
(589.4)
2,515.7

$

$ 2,012.7
795.1
21.7
2,829.5

(302.0) $ 1,710.7
(120.6)
674.5
(7.7)
14.0
(430.3)
2,399.2

838.2
$ 3,943.3

$

—

838.2
(589.4) $ 3,353.9

434.5
$ 3,264.0

$

—

434.5
(430.3) $ 2,833.7

Recoverability of Assets — The Company continually evaluates whether events or circumstances have occurred which might 
impair the recoverability of the carrying value of its assets, including property, identifiable intangibles and goodwill. Trademarks 
with indefinite lives are reviewed for impairment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the annual forecasting 
process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate the trademark may be impaired. The trademark impairment tests 
require us to estimate the fair value of the trademark and compare it to its carrying value. The estimated fair value is determined 
using an income-based approach (the relief-from-royalty method), which requires significant assumptions for each brand, including 
estimates  regarding  future  revenue  growth,  discount  rates,  and  appropriate  royalty  rates. Assumptions  are  determined  after 
55

consideration of several factors for each brand, including profit levels, research of external royalty rates by third party experts and 
the relative importance of each brand to the Company. Revenue growth assumptions are based on historical trends and management’s 
expectations for future growth by brand. The discount rate is based on a weighted-average cost of capital utilizing industry market 
data of similar companies. 

 In addition, definite-lived assets and indefinite-lived intangible assets are reassessed as needed when information becomes 
available that is believed to negatively impact the fair market value of an asset. In general, an asset is deemed impaired and written 
down to its fair value if estimated related future cash flows are less than its carrying amount. See Note 6 for information about 
goodwill impairments.

For the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company conducted an impairment review and concluded there was no impairment 
of other intangible assets as of September 30, 2017.  At September 30, 2017, the fair value of the Honey Bunches of Oats brand 
exceeded its carrying value of $243.9 by 8%. 

For the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company conducted an impairment review and concluded there was no impairment 
of other intangible assets as of September 30, 2016. At September 30, 2016, the estimated fair values of all other intangible assets 
exceeded their carrying value by at least 36%.

At September 30, 2015, Post recorded impairment losses in the Post Consumer Brands segment of $3.7 for the Grape-Nuts 
brand and $0.1 for the 100% Bran brand to record these trademarks at their estimated current fair values of $11.2 and zero, 
respectively. Due to repeated past impairments, continued weakness in the brand forecasts and a lack of sales growth from recent 
brand support efforts, as of October, 1 2015, the Grape-Nuts brand was converted to a definite-lived asset and assigned a 20 year 
useful life.

These  fair  value  measurements  fell  within  Level 3  of  the  fair  value  hierarchy  as  described  in  Note 14.  The  trademark 
impairment  losses  are  reported  in  “Impairment  of  goodwill  and  other  intangible  assets”  on  the  Consolidated  Statements  of 
Operations. 

Deferred Compensation Investments — The Company funds a portion of its deferred compensation liability by investing in 
certain mutual funds in the same amounts as selected by the participating employees. Because management’s intent is to invest 
in a manner that matches the deferral options chosen by the participants and those participants can elect to transfer amounts in or 
out of each of the designated deferral options at any time, these investments have been classified as trading assets and are stated 
at fair value in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” and “Other Assets” (see Note 14). Both realized and unrealized gains 
and losses on these assets are included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” and offset the related change in the 
deferred compensation liability.

Revenue — Revenue is recognized when title of goods and risk of loss is transferred to the customer, as specified by the 
shipping terms. Net sales reflect gross sales, including amounts billed to customers for shipping and handling, less sales discounts 
and trade allowances (including promotional price buy downs and new item promotional funding). Customer trade allowances 
are generally computed as a percentage of gross sales. Products are generally sold with no right of return except in the case of 
goods which do not meet product specifications or are damaged, and related reserves are maintained based on return history. If 
additional rights of return are granted, revenue recognition is deferred. Estimated reductions to revenue for customer incentive 
offerings are based upon customer redemption history.

Cost of Goods Sold — Cost of goods sold includes, among other things, inbound and outbound freight costs and depreciation 
expense related to assets used in production, while storage and other warehousing costs are included in “Selling, general and 
administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. Storage and other warehousing costs totaled $142.9, $124.1 
and $103.4 in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Advertising — Advertising costs are expensed as incurred except for costs of producing media advertising such as television 
commercials or magazine advertisements, which are deferred until the first time the advertising takes place. The amounts reported 
as assets on the balance sheet as “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” were $1.3 and $1.6 as of September 30, 2017 and 
2016, respectively.

Stock-based Compensation — The Company recognizes the cost of employee services received in exchange for awards of 
equity instruments based on the grant-date fair value of equity awards and the fair market value at each quarterly reporting date 
for liability awards. That cost is recognized over the period during which an employee is required to provide service in exchange 
for  the  award —  the  requisite  service  period  (usually  the  vesting  period).  See  Note 18  for  disclosures  related  to  stock-based 
compensation.

Income Tax Expense (Benefit) — Income tax expense (benefit) is estimated based on income taxes in each jurisdiction and 
includes the effects of both current tax exposures and the temporary differences resulting from differing treatment of items for tax 
and financial reporting purposes. These temporary differences result in deferred tax assets and liabilities. A valuation allowance 
is established against the related deferred tax assets to the extent that it is not more likely than not that the future benefits will be 

56

realized. Reserves are recorded for estimated exposures associated with the Company’s tax filing positions, which are subject to 
periodic audits by governmental taxing authorities. Interest due to an underpayment of income taxes is classified as income taxes. 
The Company considers the undistributed earnings of its foreign subsidiaries to be permanently reinvested, so no U.S. taxes have 
been provided in relation to the Company's investment in its foreign subsidiaries. See Note 8 for disclosures related to income 
taxes.

NOTE 3 — RECENTLY ISSUED AND ADOPTED ACCOUNTING STANDARDS

The Company has considered all new accounting pronouncements, and has concluded there are no new pronouncements 
(other than the ones described below) that had or will have an impact on the results of operations, other comprehensive income 
(“OCI”), financial condition, cash flows or shareholders’ equity based on current information.

Recently Issued

In March 2017, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2017-07, 
“Compensation - Retirement Benefits (Topic 715): Improving the Presentation of Net Periodic Pension Cost and Net Periodic 
Postretirement Benefit Cost.” ASU 2017-07 requires an entity to report the service cost component of periodic net benefit cost as 
an operating expense in the same line item or items as other compensation costs arising from services rendered by employees 
during the period. Other components of net benefit cost are to be presented outside of income from operations in the income 
statement separately from the service cost component. The amendments in this ASU also allow only the service cost component 
to be eligible for capitalization when applicable. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and 
interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2019), with early adoption permitted. 
Additionally, this ASU requires a retrospective method of adoption. The adoption of this ASU will result in a change in operating 
profit and a corresponding change to other (income) expense, net to reflect the exclusion of all components of net benefit cost, 
with the exception of service cost, from operating profit. For the year ended September 30, 2017, the reclassification would have 
resulted in a decrease in operating profit of $3.6.

In February 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-02, “Leases (Topic 842).” This standards update requires a company to recognize 
right-of-use assets and lease liabilities on its balance sheet and disclose key information about leasing arrangements. ASU 2016-02 
offers specific accounting guidance for lessees, lessors and sale and leaseback transactions. Lessees and lessors are required to 
disclose qualitative and quantitative information about leasing arrangements to enable a user of the financial statements to assess 
the amount, timing and uncertainty of cash flows arising from leases. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after 
December 15, 2018 and interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2020), with 
early  adoption  permitted. At  adoption,  this  update  will  be  applied  using  a  modified  retrospective  approach. The  Company  is 
currently evaluating the impact and timing of adopting this guidance, however, an increase in both assets and liabilities is expected.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-01, “Business Combinations (Topic 805): Clarifying the Definition of a Business.” 
ASU 2017-01 adds guidance to assist entities with evaluating whether transactions should be accounted for as acquisitions (or 
disposals) of assets or businesses by providing a more specific definition of a business. This ASU is effective for annual periods 
beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 
30, 2019), with early adoption permitted. This ASU currently has no impact on the Company, however, Post will evaluate the 
impact of this ASU on future business acquisitions and disposals.

In December 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-20, “Technical Corrections and Improvements to Topic 606, Revenue from 
Contracts with Customers.” ASU 2016-20 is intended to clarify and suggest improvements to the application of current standards 
under Topic 606 and other Topics amended by ASU 2014-09, “Revenue from Contracts with Customers (Topic 606).” The effective 
date of this ASU is the same as the effective date for ASU 2014-09 (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 
30,  2019).  The  Company  is   assessing  the  impact  that  the  standard  will  have  on  its  accounting  policies,  processes,  system 
requirements, internal controls and disclosures. Internal resources have been assigned to this assessment, and the Company has 
engaged a third party to assist in the assessment and implementation. The Company has established a project plan, identified key 
revenue streams, completed an initial review of its customer contracts and is considering impacted policies and processes. The 
Company will adopt the standard on October 1, 2018 and expects to use  the modified retrospective transition method of adoption.  
The Company continues to evaluate the effect that ASU 2014-09 will have on the consolidated financial statements and related 
disclosures.

In November 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-18, “Statement of Cash Flows (Topic 230): Restricted Cash.” ASU 2016-18 
requires that a statement of cash flows explain the change in the total of cash, cash equivalents and amounts generally described 
as restricted cash or restricted cash equivalents, and therefore, restricted cash and restricted cash equivalents should be included 
with cash and cash equivalents when reconciling the beginning of year cash balance to the end of year cash balance as shown on 
the statement of cash flows. This ASU is effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2017 and interim periods 
therein (i.e., Post’s financial statements for the year ending September 30, 2019), with early adoption permitted. The Company 
currently classifies changes in restricted cash as an investing activity in the Condensed Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, 

57

not as a component of cash and cash equivalents as required by this ASU. Based on the historical balances of restricted cash on 
the Consolidated Balance Sheets, the change is not expected to be material. The Company is currently evaluating the timing of 
adopting this ASU.

Recently Adopted

In August 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-12, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 715): Targeted Improvements to Accounting 
for Hedging Activities.” ASU 2017-12 amends and simplifies existing guidance in order to allow companies to more accurately 
present the economic effects of risk management activities in the financial statements. This ASU requires a cumulative-effect 
adjustment related to eliminating the separate measurement of ineffectiveness to accumulated OCI with a corresponding adjustment 
to the opening balance of retained earnings as of the beginning of the fiscal year that a company adopts the ASU. In addition, this 
ASU requires amended presentation and disclosure guidance to be applied prospectively. The Company early adopted this ASU 
in fiscal 2017, as permitted by the standard. The adoption of this guidance modified the presentation of disclosures in Note 13, 
but did not have an impact on the Company’s financial statements.

In January 2017, the FASB issued ASU 2017-04, “Intangibles - Goodwill and Other (Topic 350): Simplifying the Test for 
Goodwill Impairment.” ASU 2017-04 eliminates step two of the goodwill impairment test, which requires the calculation of the 
implied fair value of goodwill to measure a goodwill impairment charge. Under this ASU, an entity should perform its annual or 
interim goodwill impairment test by comparing the fair value of the reporting unit with its carrying amount, and should recognize 
an impairment charge for the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the reporting unit’s fair value with the loss not 
exceeding the total amount of goodwill allocated to that reporting unit. The Company early adopted this ASU using a prospective 
approach during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, as permitted by the standard. The adoption of this ASU resulted in an impairment 
of goodwill of $26.5 in the Active Nutrition segment in the year ended September 30, 2017. See Note 6 for further discussion of 
this impairment.

In March 2016, the FASB issued ASU 2016-09, “Compensation - Stock Compensation (Topic 718): Improvement to Employee 
Share-Based Payment Accounting.” The updated guidance changes the accounting for certain aspects of share-based payment 
awards to employees, including the accounting for income taxes, forfeitures, and statutory tax withholding requirements, as well 
as classification of certain items in the statement of cash flows. The Company early adopted this ASU during fiscal 2017, as 
permitted by the standard.  The adoption of this ASU did not have a material impact on the Company’s Consolidated Financial 
Statements and included the following items: (i) adoption on a prospective basis of the recognition of excess tax benefits and tax 
deficiencies in income tax expense (benefit) in the Consolidated Statement of Operations for vested and exercised equity awards 
as discrete items in the period in which they occur; (ii) adoption on a modified retrospective basis of recording forfeitures for share 
based awards as they occur rather than estimating future forfeitures and their effect on expense; (iii) adoption on a prospective 
basis of the classification of excess tax benefits in cash flows from operations in the Company’s Consolidated Statements of Cash 
Flows resulting in reclassifications of $6.2 of excess tax benefits from the exercise of stock awards in the Consolidated Statements 
of Cash Flows from “Other, net” within financing activities to “Other, net” within operating activities for the year ended September 
30,  2017  ($9.6  and  $3.3  for  the  years  ended  September  30,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  had  the  standard  been  adopted 
retrospectively), as well as from “Additional paid-in capital” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets to “Income tax expense (benefit)” 
on the Consolidated Statements of Operations; and (iv) adoption on a prospective basis for the exclusion of the amount of excess 
tax benefits when applying the treasury stock method for the Company’s diluted earnings per share calculation.

NOTE 4 — RESTRUCTURING

In September 2015, the Company announced its plan to close its Dymatize manufacturing facility located in Farmers Branch, 
Texas and permanently transfer production to third party facilities under co-manufacturing agreements. Plant production ceased 
in the fourth quarter of 2015, and the facility was sold in December 2016. No additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal 
2017.

In May 2015, the Company announced its plan to consolidate its cereal business administrative offices into its Lakeville, 
Minnesota location. In connection with the consolidation, the Company closed its office located in Parsippany, New Jersey and 
relocated those functions as well as certain functions located in Battle Creek, Michigan to the Lakeville office. The Parsippany 
office closure was completed during fiscal 2016. No additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal 2017.

In March 2015, the Company announced its plan to close its facility in Boise, Idaho, which manufactured certain PowerBar
products distributed in North America. Plant production ceased in June 2015 and the facility was sold in September 2015. No 
additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal 2017 or 2016.

In April 2013, the Company announced management’s decision to close its cereal plant located in Modesto, California as part 
of a cost savings and capacity rationalization effort. The transfer of production capabilities and closure of the plant was completed 
during September 2014, the facility was sold in March 2017 and no additional restructuring costs were incurred in fiscal 2017, 
2016 or 2015.

58

Amounts related to the restructuring events are shown in the following table. Costs are recognized in “Selling, general and 
administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. These expenses are not included in the measure of segment 
performance for any segment (see Note 21). 

Balance, September 30, 2014

Charge to expense

Cash payments

Non-cash charges

Balance, September 30, 2015

Charge to expense

Cash payments

Non-cash charges

Balance, September 30, 2016

Charge to expense

Cash payments

Non-cash charges

Balance, September 30, 2017

Total expected restructuring charge

Cumulative incurred to date

Remaining expected restructuring charge

Assets Held for Sale

$

$

$

$

$

$

Employee-
Related Costs

Pension
Curtailment

Accelerated
Depreciation

Total

0.7

$

— $

— $

13.2
(3.4)
—

—

—

—

2.1

—
(2.1)

10.5

$

— $

— $

2.1
(10.6)
(0.9)
1.1

—

—

—

0.4

—
(0.4)

$

— $

— $

—
(1.1)
—
— $

$

18.5

18.5

— $

—

—

—
— $

$

1.7

1.7

— $

—

—

—
— $

$

20.1

20.1

— $

0.7

15.3
(3.4)
(2.1)
10.5

2.5
(10.6)
(1.3)
1.1

—
(1.1)
—
—

40.3

40.3

—

Related to the closure of its Modesto, California facility in September 2014, the Company had land, building and equipment 
classified as assets held for sale at September 30, 2016. The carrying value of the assets included in “Prepaid expenses and other 
current assets” in the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $4.3 as of September 30, 2016. The land, building and equipment were 
sold in March 2017. Related to the manufacturing shutdown of its Farmers Branch, Texas facility in September 2015, the Company 
had land and buildings classified as assets held for sale at September 30, 2016. The carrying value of the assets included in “Prepaid 
expenses and other current assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets was $5.8 as of September 30, 2016. The land and buildings 
were sold in December 2016. There were no assets held for sale at September 30, 2017. Held for sale net (gains) and losses of 
$(0.2), $9.3 and $34.2 were recorded in fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively, to adjust the carrying value of the assets to their 
fair value less estimated selling costs. The net gains recorded in fiscal 2017 related to the Farmers Branch, Texas facility. The 
losses recorded in fiscal 2016 included amounts related to the Modesto, California and Farmers Branch, Texas facilities. The losses 
recorded in fiscal 2015 included amounts related to the closure of the Modesto, California and Farmers Branch, Texas facilities, 
as well as the sale of a Boise, Idaho manufacturing facility, the sale of a peanut butter manufacturing facility located in Portales, 
New Mexico and the sale of the Australian business and Musashi trademark. The net gains and losses are reported as “Other 
operating expenses, net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

NOTE 5 — BUSINESS COMBINATIONS AND DIVESTITURES

The Company accounts for acquisitions using the acquisition method of accounting, whereby the results of operations are 
included in the financial statements from the date of acquisition. The purchase price is allocated to acquired assets and assumed 
liabilities based on their estimated fair values at the date of acquisition, and any excess is allocated to goodwill. Goodwill represents 
the value the Company expects to achieve through the implementation of operational synergies and the expansion of the business 
into new or growing segments of the industry. 

Fiscal 2017

Acquisitions

On July 3, 2017, the Company completed its acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited, a company registered in England and 
Wales (“Latimer”), and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect subsidiaries at the time of acquisition, including Weetabix Limited 
(collectively the “Weetabix Group”) for a purchase price of approximately £1,400.0 with a payment at closing of £1,454.1, excluding 
£48.0 of cash acquired (approximately $1,887.2, excluding $62.2 of cash acquired). The Weetabix Group is a packaged food 

59

company that primarily produces branded and private label RTE cereal and muesli products. The Weetabix Group is reported in 
two reportable segments. The results of the Weetabix operations outside of North America (“Weetabix”) are reported in the Weetabix 
segment, and the Weetabix North American operations (“Weetabix NA”) are reported in the Post Consumer Brands segment (see 
Note 21). Based on the preliminary purchase price allocation of Weetabix, the Company recorded $172.8 of customer relationships 
to be amortized over a weighted-average period of approximately 20 years, $30.5 to definite-lived trademarks and brands to be 
amortized over a weighted-average period of 16 years and $391.0 of indefinite-lived trademarks. Based on the preliminary purchase 
price allocation of Weetabix NA, the Company recorded $14.1 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average 
period of 21 years. Net sales and operating profit for Weetabix included in the Consolidated Statements of Operations were $112.4
and $14.5, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 2017. Net sales and operating loss for Weetabix NA included in the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations were $28.1 and $6.4, respectively, for the year ended September 30, 2017. 

On October 3, 2016, the Company completed its acquisition of National Pasteurized Eggs, Inc. (“NPE”) for $93.5, subject 
to working capital and other adjustments, resulting in a payment at closing of $97.0. In February 2017, a final settlement of net 
working capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an amount back to the Company of $1.2. In addition, the Company 
acquired an income tax receivable of $0.7 that is due back to the sellers. NPE is a producer of pasteurized shell eggs, including 
cage-free eggs, and is reported in the Michael Foods Group segment (see Note 21). Based upon the purchase price allocation, the 
Company  recorded  $43.9  of  customer  relationships  to  be  amortized  over  a  weighted-average  period  of  16  years  and  $7.5  of 
trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 20 years. NPE operations have been integrated into the 
Michael Foods business, and due to the level of integration, discrete sales and operating profit data for the year ended September 30, 
2017 is not available for NPE. 

The  following  table  provides  the  allocation  of  the  purchase  price  related  to  the  fiscal  2017  acquisitions  of  NPE  and  the 
preliminary purchase price related to the acquisition of the Weetabix Group based upon the fair value of assets and liabilities 
assumed. Certain preliminary values of the Weetabix Group acquisition, including receivables, inventory, property, goodwill, other 
intangible assets, other assets, other current liabilities, deferred taxes and other liabilities, are not yet finalized pending the final 
purchase price allocation and are subject to change once additional information is obtained. Measurement period adjustments have 
been made to the allocation of purchase price for the acquisition of NPE since the date of acquisition related to working capital 
settlements, updated valuations of property and intangibles, income tax receivable and deferred taxes. The fair value of goodwill 
related to the acquisition of NPE will not be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes. The Company does not expect the final fair 
value of goodwill related to the acquisition of the Weetabix Group to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property

Goodwill

Other intangible assets
Other assets

Current portion of capital lease

Accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Long-term capital lease

Deferred tax liability - long-term

Other liabilities

Noncontrolling interest

Total acquisition cost

Fiscal 2016

Acquisitions

The
Weetabix
Group

NPE

$

5.6

8.5

2.1

0.4

10.4

46.3

51.4
—
(0.1)
(6.3)
(2.9)
(0.2)
(18.7)
—

—

$

96.5

$

62.2

39.7

63.4

1.2

283.9

969.3

608.4
112.0

—
(66.3)
(28.4)
—
(137.6)
(10.9)
(9.7)
$ 1,887.2

On October 3, 2015, the Company completed its acquisition of Willamette Egg Farms (“WEF”) for $90.0, subject to working 
capital and other adjustments, resulting in a payment at closing of $109.0. In December 2015, a final settlement of net working 

60

capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an additional amount paid by the Company of $4.6. WEF is a producer, 
processor and wholesale distributor of eggs and egg products and is reported in the Michael Foods Group segment (see Note 21). 
Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $12.7 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-
average period of 20 years and $2.5 to trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 20 years. 

The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price related to the fiscal 2016 acquisition of WEF based upon 
the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed. The Company expects the final fair value of goodwill related to the acquisition of 
WEF to be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes.

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Other assets

Accounts payable

Other current liabilities

Total acquisition cost

Divestitures

WEF

19.2

11.1

10.3

0.5

56.2

4.2

15.2

0.1
(2.2)
(1.0)
113.6

$

$

In March 2016, the Company sold certain assets of its Michael Foods Canadian egg business, included in the Michael Foods 
Group segment (see Note 21), to a third party for $6.9, subject to working capital and other adjustments, resulting in net cash 
received of $6.4. In May 2016, a final settlement of net working capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in additional 
cash received by the Company of $0.5. During the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company recorded a gain of $2.0 related 
to the transaction, which includes $1.3 of foreign exchange gains that were previously included in accumulated OCI. This gain is 
reported as “Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

Fiscal 2015

Acquisitions

On October 1, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of the PowerBar and Musashi brands and related worldwide 
assets from Nestlé S.A. (“PowerBar”) for $150.0, subject to a working capital adjustment, which resulted in a payment at closing 
of $136.1. In March 2015, a final settlement of net working capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an amount 
back to the Company of approximately $1.7. Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $21.0 of customer 
relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 18.3 years and $40.0 to trademarks and brands to be amortized 
over a weighted-average period of 20 years. PowerBar is reported in the Active Nutrition segment (see Note 21). 

On November 1, 2014, the Company completed its acquisition of American Blanching Company (“ABC”) for $128.0. ABC 
is a manufacturer of peanut butter for national brands, private label retail and industrial markets and provider of peanut blanching, 
granulation and roasting services for the commercial peanut industry. Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company 
recorded $63.9 of customer relationships to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 17 years and $8.0 to trademarks and 
brands to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 10 years. ABC is reported in the Private Brands segment (see Note 21). 

On May 4, 2015, Post completed its acquisition of MOM Brands Company (“MOM Brands”), a manufacturer and distributer 
of RTE cereals. MOM Brands is reported in the Post Consumer Brands segment (see Note 21). The closing purchase price of the 
transaction was $1,181.5 and was partially paid by the issuance of 2.45 million shares of the Company’s common stock to the 
former owners of MOM Brands. The shares were valued at the May 1, 2015 closing price of $46.60 per share for a total issuance 
of $114.4. In September 2015, a final settlement of net working capital and other adjustments was reached, resulting in an amount 
back to the Company of $4.0. Based upon the purchase price allocation, the Company recorded $185.6 of customer relationships 
to be amortized over a weighted-average period of 20 years and $178.8 to trademarks and brands to be amortized over a weighted-
average period of 20 years.

The following table provides the allocation of the purchase price based upon the fair value of assets and liabilities assumed 
for each acquisition completed in fiscal 2015. Substantially all of the final fair value of goodwill related to the acquisitions of 

61

PowerBar and MOM Brands will be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes and the final fair value of goodwill related to the 
acquisition of ABC will not be deductible for U.S. income tax purposes. 

Cash and cash equivalents

Receivables

Inventories

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

Property

Goodwill

Other intangible assets

Deferred tax asset - non-current

Other assets

Accounts payable

Deferred tax liability - current

Other current liabilities

Deferred tax liability - non-current

Other liabilities

Total acquisition cost

Divestitures

PowerBar

ABC

MOM
Brands

$

2.4

6.5

23.1

0.1

17.9

18.6

61.0

11.7

—
(1.2)
(0.2)
(4.4)
(1.1)
—

$

0.6

$

12.8

15.5

0.4

19.7

49.6

71.9

—

0.4
(9.0)
(0.4)
(2.8)
(30.7)
—

$

134.4

$

128.0

$

11.1

41.7

97.9

6.2

532.1

195.6

364.4

—

—
(33.0)
(5.4)
(24.9)
(6.9)
(1.3)
1,177.5

On July 1, 2015, the Company sold the PowerBar Australia assets and Musashi trademark for $3.8. By September 30, 2016, 
final settlements of net working capital and other adjustments were reached related to this sale, resulting in an additional amount 
received by the Company of $0.4. In fiscal 2015, the Company recorded held for sale losses of $3.7 related to these assets in order 
to adjust the carrying value of the assets to their fair value less estimated selling costs. Both amounts were reported as “Other 
operating expenses, net” on the Consolidated Statements of Operations. PowerBar Australia was included in the Active Nutrition 
segment (see Note 21).

Transaction related costs

During  the  years  ended  September  30,  2017,  2016  and  2015,  the  Company  incurred  acquisition  related  expenses  of 
$30.5, $8.5 and $14.1, respectively, recorded as “Selling, general and administrative expenses.” These costs include amounts for 
transactions that were signed, spending for due diligence on potential acquisitions that were not signed or announced at the time 
of the Company’s annual reporting, and spending for divestiture transactions.  In addition, during the year ended September 30, 
2017, the Company recorded net foreign currency gains of $30.0 related to cash held in British pounds sterling (GBP) to fund the 
acquisition of the Weetabix Group, which were recorded in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations. 

Pro Forma Information

The following unaudited pro forma information presents a summary of the combined results of operations of the Company 
and the aggregate results of all businesses acquired in fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015 for the periods presented as if the fiscal 
2017 acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2015, the fiscal 2016 acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2014 and the fiscal 
2015 acquisitions had occurred on October 1, 2013 along with certain pro forma adjustments. These pro forma adjustments give 
effect to the amortization of certain definite-lived intangible assets, adjusted depreciation based upon fair value of assets acquired, 
interest expense related to the financing of the business combinations, inventory revaluation adjustments on acquired businesses, 
transaction and extinguished debt costs and related income taxes. The following unaudited pro forma information has been prepared 
for comparative purposes only and is not necessarily indicative of the results of operations as they would have been had the 
acquisitions occurred on the assumed dates, nor is it necessarily an indication of future operating results. 

Pro forma net sales
Pro forma net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders
Pro forma basic earnings (loss) per share
Pro forma diluted earnings (loss) per share

62

2017
$ 5,614.9
71.9
$
1.06
$
1.03
$

2016
$ 5,751.2
2.0
$
0.03
$
0.03
$

2015
$ 5,236.6
(73.3)
$
(1.29)
$
(1.29)
$

NOTE 6 — GOODWILL

The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill by segment are noted in the following table. 

Balance, September 30, 2015
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Goodwill acquired
Currency translation adjustment

Balance, September 30, 2016
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Goodwill acquired
Impairment loss
Currency translation adjustment

Balance, September 30, 2017
Goodwill (gross)
Accumulated impairment losses
Goodwill (net)

Post
Consumer
Brands

Michael
Foods
Group

Active
Nutrition

Private
Brands

Weetabix

Total

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2,069.0
(609.1)
1,459.9
—
0.1

2,069.1
(609.1)
1,460.0
5.3
—
0.3

2,074.7
(609.1)
1,465.6

$

$

1,341.6
—
1,341.6
4.2
—

1,345.8
—
1,345.8
46.3
—
—

1,392.1
—
1,392.1

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

180.7
(88.3)
92.4
—
—

180.7
(88.3)
92.4
—
(26.5)
—

180.7
(114.8)
65.9

$

$

178.9
—
178.9
—
2.6

181.5
—
181.5
—
—
—

181.5
—
181.5

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $
—
— $
—
—

— $
—
— $

964.0
—
(37.1)

3,770.2
(697.4)
3,072.8
4.2
2.7

3,777.1
(697.4)
3,079.7
1,015.6
(26.5)
(36.8)

926.9
—
926.9

$

$

4,755.9
(723.9)
4,032.0

Goodwill represents the excess of the cost of acquired businesses over the fair market value of their identifiable net assets. 
The Company conducts a goodwill impairment qualitative assessment during the fourth quarter of each fiscal year following the 
annual forecasting process, or more frequently if facts and circumstances indicate that goodwill may be impaired. The goodwill 
impairment qualitative assessment requires an analysis to determine if it is more likely than not that the fair value of the business 
is less than its carrying amount. If adverse qualitative trends are identified that could negatively impact the fair value of the business, 
a quantitative goodwill impairment test is performed. In fiscal years 2017, 2016 and 2015, the Company elected not to perform a 
qualitative assessment and instead performed a quantitative impairment test for all reporting units. 

The estimated fair value is determined using a combined income and market approach with a greater weighting on the income 
approach. The income approach is based on discounted future cash flows and requires significant assumptions, including estimates 
regarding future revenue, profitability, and capital requirements. The market approach is based on a market multiple (revenue and 
EBITDA which stands for earnings before interest, income taxes, depreciation, and amortization) and requires an estimate of 
appropriate multiples based on market data.

For  the  year  ended  September  30,  2017,  the  Company  recorded  a  charge  of  $26.5  for  the  impairment  of  goodwill. The 
impairment  charge  related  to  the  Dymatize  reporting  unit  which  is  included  in  the Active  Nutrition  segment.  In  fiscal  2017, 
consistent with the prior year, the specialty sports nutrition channel, in which Dymatize sells the majority of its products, continued 
to experience weak sales which resulted in management lowering its long-term expectations for the Dymatize reporting unit. After 
conducting step one of the impairment analysis, it was determined that the carrying value of the Dymatize reporting unit exceeded 
its fair value by $76.6. As the application of ASU 2017-04 does not allow for step two of the analysis prescribed prior to the 
adoption of ASU 2017-04, the Company recorded an impairment charge for of goodwill down to the fair value. At the time of the 
analysis, the Dymatize reporting unit had $26.5 of remaining goodwill, and we therefore recorded an impairment charge for the 
entire goodwill balance of $26.5. At September 30, 2017, the estimated fair values of all other reporting units exceeded their 
carrying values by at least 25%, with the exception of Weetabix, whose fair value only slightly exceeded its carrying value due 
to the recency of the acquisition.

For the year ended September 30, 2016, the Company concluded there was no impairment of goodwill. With the exception 
of Dymatize, all reporting units passed step one of the impairment test. Dymatize failed step one and accordingly, step two of the 
analysis was performed. Based on the results of step two, it was determined that the fair value of the goodwill allocated to the 
Dymatize reporting unit exceeded its carrying value by approximately $36.0 and was therefore not impaired as of September 30, 
2016. At September 30, 2016, the estimated fair values of all other reporting units exceeded their carrying values by at least 33%.

As of September 30, 2015, the Company recorded a charge of $57.0 for the impairment of goodwill. The impairment charge 
related to the Active Nutrition segment and was primarily the result of fourth quarter production issues at Dymatize which resulted 

63

in the Company’s decision to close its manufacturing facility and permanently transfer production to third party facilities under 
co-manufacturing agreements.

These fair value measurements fell within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy as described in Note 14. The goodwill impairment 
losses are aggregated with trademark impairment losses in “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets” in the Consolidated 
Statements of Operations.

NOTE 7 — EQUITY INTERESTS

In connection with its acquisition of the Weetabix Group in July 2017 (see Note 5), the Company acquired an equity interest 
in  two  legal  entities, Alpen  Food  Company  South Africa  (Proprietary)  Limited  (“Alpen”)  and Weetabix  East Africa  Limited 
(“Weetabix East Africa”). Results of both entities are reported in the Weetabix segment (see Note 21).   

Alpen is a South African based company that produces RTE cereal and muesli. The Company owns 50% of Alpen’s common 
stock with no other indicators of control and, accordingly, the Company accounts for its investment in Alpen using the equity 
method. At September 30, 2017, the Company recorded an investment of $4.5 included in “Other assets” on the Consolidated 
Balance Sheet and loss of $0.1 included in “Other operating expenses, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations during 
the year ended September 30, 2017. At September 30, 2017, the Company had a receivable balance with Alpen of $1.0, included 
in “Other assets” on the Consolidated Balance Sheet.

Weetabix East Africa is a Kenyan based company that produces RTE cereal and muesli. The Company owns 50.1% of  Weetabix 
East Africa and holds a controlling voting and financial interest through its appointment of management and representation on 
Weetabix  East Africa’s  Board  of  Directors. Accordingly,  the  Company  has  fully  consolidated  Weetabix  East Africa  into  its 
consolidated financial statements. At September 30, 2017, Weetabix East Africa had a long-term payable with Pioneer Food Group 
Limited, the owner of the remaining 49.9% of the business, of $0.5, included in “Other liabilities” on the Consolidated Balance 
Sheet.

NOTE 8 — INCOME TAXES

The benefit for income taxes consisted of the following:

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Current:

Federal
State
Foreign

Deferred:
Federal
State
Foreign

Income tax expense (benefit)

$

$

(5.8) $
4.3
10.2
8.7

19.7
2.7
(5.0)
17.4
26.1

$

$

37.6
1.7
8.5
47.8

(64.8)
(7.5)
(2.3)
(74.6)
(26.8) $

59.5
2.9
5.7
68.1

(116.0)
(2.1)
(2.0)
(120.1)
(52.0)

64

The effective tax rate for fiscal 2017 was 35.1% compared to 89.0% for fiscal 2016 and 31.1% for fiscal 2015. A reconciliation 

of income tax benefit with amounts computed at the statutory federal rate follows:

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Computed tax at federal statutory rate (35%)
Non-deductible goodwill impairment loss
Non-deductible compensation
Non-deductible transaction costs
Domestic production activities deduction
State income taxes, net of effect on federal tax
Non-taxable interest income
Valuation allowances
Change in deferred tax rates
Uncertain tax positions
Sale and liquidation of Michael Foods Canadian egg business
Enacted tax law and changes
Income tax credits
Rate differential on foreign income
Excess tax benefits for share-based payments
Other, net (none in excess of 5% of statutory tax)
Income tax expense (benefit)

$

$

26.1
7.2
1.8
2.9
—
0.8
(3.4)
4.8
—
(0.5)
—
—
(1.4)
(6.8)
(6.2)
0.8
26.1

$

$

(10.5) $
—
2.6
—
(4.3)
(6.2)
(2.6)
3.8
(2.0)
(2.0)
(3.6)
0.7
(1.5)
(1.8)
—
0.6
(26.8) $

(58.6)
16.5
0.4
0.6
(5.9)
(7.2)
(2.7)
6.7
4.9
(3.4)
—
(0.4)
(0.4)
(1.4)
—
(1.1)
(52.0)

Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities 
for financial reporting purposes and the amounts used for income tax purposes. Deferred tax non-current assets (liabilities) were 
as follows:

Assets

September 30, 2017
Liabilities
$

Net

Assets

September 30, 2016
Liabilities
$

Accrued vacation, incentive and severance
Inventory
Accrued liabilities
Property
Intangible assets
Pension and other postretirement benefits
Stock-based and deferred compensation
Derivative mark-to-market adjustments
Net operating loss carryforwards, credits
Other items

Total gross deferred income taxes

Valuation allowance
Total deferred taxes

$

$

16.2
3.0
16.6
—
—
5.3
28.7
91.9
38.7
6.5
206.9
(18.5)
188.4

— $
—
—
(210.1)
(882.5)
—
—
—
—
(1.6)
(1,094.2)
—

16.2
3.0
16.6
(210.1)
(882.5)
5.3
28.7
91.9
38.7
4.9
(887.3)
(18.5)
(905.8)

$

$

14.3
2.5
24.0
—
—
31.7
22.2
121.6
22.2
5.1
243.6
(12.2)
231.4

$ (1,094.2) $

$

— $
—
—
(172.3)
(784.3)
—
—
—
—
(1.3)
(957.9)
—
(957.9) $

Net

14.3
2.5
24.0
(172.3)
(784.3)
31.7
22.2
121.6
22.2
3.8
(714.3)
(12.2)
(726.5)

As  of  September 30,  2017,  the  Company  had  United  States  federal  net  operating  loss  (“NOL”)  carryforwards  totaling 
approximately $96.8 which have expiration dates beginning in fiscal 2021 and extending through fiscal 2037, as well as state NOL 
carryforwards totaling approximately $360.2, which have expiration dates beginning in fiscal 2018 and extending through fiscal 
2037. As of September 30, 2017, Post had NOL carryforwards in foreign jurisdictions of $9.3.

As certain of these NOLs and carryforwards were acquired through acquisitions made during fiscal years 2013, 2014 and 
2017, as a result of these ownership changes,  the deductibility of the NOLs is subject to limitation under section 382 of the Internal 
Revenue Code (“IRC”) and similar limitations under state tax law. Giving consideration to IRC section 382 and state limitations, 
the Company believes it will generate sufficient taxable income to fully utilize the United States federal and certain state NOLs 
before they expire. Approximately $11.8 of the deferred tax asset related to the state NOLs has been offset by a valuation allowance 
based on management’s judgment that it is more likely than not that the benefits of those deferred tax assets will not be realized 
in the future. 

65

No provision has been made for income taxes on undistributed earnings of consolidated foreign subsidiaries of $56.4 at 
September 30, 2017 since it is our intention to indefinitely reinvest undistributed earnings of our foreign subsidiaries. It is not 
practicable to estimate the additional income taxes and applicable foreign withholding taxes that would be payable on the remittance 
of such undistributed earnings.      

For fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015, foreign income before income taxes was $24.7, $29.6 and $7.0, respectively. 

Unrecognized Tax Benefits

The Company recognizes the tax benefit from uncertain tax positions only if it is “more likely than not” the tax position will 
be sustained on examination by the taxing authorities. The tax benefits recognized from such positions are measured based on the 
largest benefit that has a greater than 50% likelihood of being realized upon ultimate settlement. To the extent the Company’s 
assessment of such tax positions changes, the change in estimate will be recorded in the period in which the determination is made.

Unrecognized tax benefits activity for the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016 is presented in the following table:

Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2015

Additions for tax positions taken in current year and acquisitions

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

Settlements with tax authorities/statute expirations

Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2016

Additions for tax positions taken in current year and acquisitions

Reductions for tax positions taken in prior years

Settlements with tax authorities/statute expirations

Unrecognized tax benefits, September 30, 2017

$

$

$

11.3

0.1
(1.6)
(0.5)
9.3

—

—
(0.7)
8.6

The amount of the net unrecognized tax benefits that, if recognized, would directly affect the effective tax rate is $5.6 at 
September 30, 2017. The Company believes that, due to expiring statutes of limitations and settlements with authorities, it is 
reasonably possible that the total unrecognized tax benefits may decrease by less than $1.0 within twelve months of the reporting 
date.

The Company classifies tax-related interest and penalties as components of income tax expense. The accrued interest and 
penalties are not included in the table above. The Company had accrued interest and penalties of $2.7 and $2.4 at September 30, 
2017 and 2016, respectively. The Company had net expense (benefit) of $0.3, $(0.1) and zero for interest and penalties in the 
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. Interest and penalties 
were computed on the difference between the tax position recognized for financial reporting purposes and the amount previously 
taken on the Company’s tax returns.

United States federal, United States state and Canadian income tax returns for the tax years ended September 30, 2016, 2015
and 2014 are subject to examination by the tax authorities in each respective jurisdiction. The Michael Foods tax return for the 
short year ended June 2, 2014 was examined by the Internal Revenue Service without adjustment.

For the NPE acquisition made in 2017 and acquisitions made in 2015, the seller generally retained responsibility for all income 
tax  liabilities  through  the  date  of  acquisition. With  respect  to  the  acquisition  of  the Weetabix  Group,  the  Company  assumed 
substantially all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination. With respect to the Michael 
Foods acquisition, the Company assumed all income tax liabilities for those jurisdictions which remain subject to examination, 
consisting primarily of the short tax year ended June 2, 2014, the date of acquisition. The Company did not assume any pre-
acquisition tax liabilities related to the 2016 acquisition of WEF.

NOTE 9 — EARNINGS (LOSS) PER SHARE

Basic earnings (loss) per share is based on the average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted 
earnings (loss) per share is based on the average number of shares used for the basic earnings (loss) per share calculation, adjusted 
for the dilutive effect of stock options, stock appreciation rights and restricted stock units using the “treasury stock” method. The 
impact of potentially dilutive convertible preferred stock is calculated using the “if-converted” method. For the periods outstanding, 
the Company’s tangible equity units (“TEUs”) (see Note 19) are assumed to be settled at the minimum settlement amount for 
weighted-average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share. All TEU purchase contracts were settled as of June 1, 2017. For diluted 
earnings (loss) per share, the shares, to the extent dilutive, are assumed to be settled as described in Note 19.

66

Net earnings (loss) for basic loss per share

Net earnings (loss) for diluted loss per share

$

$

34.8

34.8

$

$

(28.4) $
(28.4) $

Year ended September 30,
2016

2017

2015
(132.3)
(132.3)

Weighted-average shares outstanding

Effect of TEUs on weighted-average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share

Weighted-average shares for basic earnings (loss) per share

Effect of dilutive securities:

Stock options

Restricted stock awards

Total dilutive securities

Weighted-average shares for diluted earnings (loss) per share

65.2

2.6

67.8

1.8

0.3

2.1

69.9

63.9

4.9

68.8

—

—

—

51.8

4.9

56.7

—

—

—

68.8

56.7

Basic earnings (loss) per common share

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share

$

$

0.51

0.50

$

$

(0.41) $
(0.41) $

(2.33)
(2.33)

The following table details the securities that have been excluded from the calculation of weighted-average shares for diluted 

earnings (loss) per share as they were anti-dilutive.

Year ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Stock options

Stock appreciation rights

Restricted stock awards

Preferred shares conversion to common

0.3

—

—

9.1

4.3

0.2

0.5

9.1

4.2

0.3

0.5

11.0

NOTE 10 — SUPPLEMENTAL OPERATIONS STATEMENT AND CASH FLOW INFORMATION

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Advertising and promotion expenses
Repair and maintenance expenses
Research and development expenses
Rent expense
Interest income
Interest paid
Income taxes paid

$

$

159.7
162.6
18.6
41.8
(6.8)
333.6
29.6

$

184.2
141.6
16.3
32.0
(2.7)
309.6
73.4

137.3
92.1
16.8
23.3
(0.8)
235.5
46.4

67

NOTE 11— SUPPLEMENTAL BALANCE SHEET INFORMATION

Receivables, net

Trade
Income tax receivable
Other

Allowance for doubtful accounts

Inventories

Raw materials and supplies
Work in process
Finished products
Flocks

Other Assets

Pension asset
Other

Accounts Payable

Trade
Book cash overdrafts
Other

Other Current Liabilities

Advertising and promotion
Accrued interest
Accrued compensation
Hedging liabilities
Accrued legal settlements
Other

Other Liabilities

Pension and other postretirement benefit obligations
Hedging liabilities - non-current
Accrued compensation - non-current
Other

NOTE 12 — ALLOWANCE FOR DOUBTFUL ACCOUNTS

Balance, beginning of year
Provision charged to expense
Write-offs, less recoveries
Impact of acquisitions
Balance, end of year

September 30,

2017

2016

421.6
46.4
14.2
482.2
(1.6)
480.6

129.8
16.9
395.6
31.2
573.5

154.6
29.7
184.3

306.5
17.8
11.7
336.0

74.5
36.5
89.9
54.6
8.6
82.2
346.3

83.5
188.9
29.2
26.2
327.8

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

354.9
23.6
8.1
386.6
(1.6)
385.0

112.4
17.4
339.3
34.0
503.1

—
15.9
15.9

228.8
26.6
9.0
264.4

95.8
55.2
103.9
5.5
37.3
59.6
357.3

83.2
313.2
22.7
21.2
440.3

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

2017

September 30,
2016

2015

$

$

1.6
0.3
(0.3)
—
1.6

$

$

2.0
1.2
(1.6)
—
1.6

$

$

1.4
0.7
(0.3)
0.2
2.0

NOTE 13 — DERIVATIVE FINANCIAL INSTRUMENTS AND HEDGING

In the ordinary course of business, the Company is exposed to commodity price risks relating to the acquisition of raw materials 
and supplies, interest rate risks relating to floating rate debt, and foreign currency exchange rate risks. The Company utilizes 
derivative financial instruments, including (but not limited to) futures contracts, option contracts, forward contracts and swaps, 

68

to manage certain of these exposures by hedging when it is practical to do so.The Company does not hold or issue financial 
instruments for speculative or trading purposes. 

At September 30, 2017, the Company’s derivative instruments consisted of:

Not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815

• Commodity and energy futures and option contracts which relate to inputs that generally will be utilized within the

next year;

•

•

•

foreign currency forward contracts used to hedge the impact of intercompany activity against currency fluctuations
between the United States dollar and Canadian dollar;

a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap maturing in May 2021 that requires monthly settlements and have the
effect of hedging interest payments on debt expected to be issued but not yet priced; and

rate-lock interest rate swaps that require four lump sum settlements with the first settlement occurring in July 2018
and the last in July 2020 and have the effect of hedging interest payments on debt expected to be issued but not yet
priced.

Designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815

• Foreign currency forward contracts used as a cash flow hedge of forecasted Euro denominated capital purchases
occurring within the next 17 months against currency fluctuations between the Euro and the United States dollar;

•

•

a pay-fixed, receive-fixed cross-currency swap maturing in July 2022 that requires quarterly cash settlements used
as a net investment hedge of the Company’s investment in the Weetabix Group, which is denominated in GBP; and

a pay-fixed, receive-variable interest rate swap maturing in May 2024 that requires monthly settlements used as a
cash flow hedge of forecasted interest payments on our variable rate term loan (see Note 15).

The following table shows the notional amounts of derivative instruments held.

Not designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:

Commodity contracts

Energy contracts

Foreign exchange contracts - Forward contracts

Interest rate swap

Interest rate swaps - Rate-lock swaps

Designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815:

Foreign exchange contracts - Forward contracts

Foreign exchange contracts - Cross-currency swaps

Interest rate swap

September 30,
2017

September 30,
2016

$

$

53.8

25.6

3.8

76.1

49.8

23.6

—

77.6

1,649.3

1,649.3

20.9

448.7

1,000.0

—

—

—

The following tables present the balance sheet location and fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments on a gross and 
net basis as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, along with the portion designated as hedging instruments under ASC Topic 815. 
The Company does not offset derivative assets and liabilities within the Consolidated Balance Sheets.  

69

Balance Sheet Location

September 30,
2017

September 30,
2016

September 30,
2017

September 30,
2016

Fair Value

Portion Designated as
Hedging Instruments

Asset Derivatives:

Commodity contracts

Energy contracts

Foreign exchange contracts

Prepaid expenses and other
current assets

$

Prepaid expenses and other
current assets

Prepaid expenses and other
current assets

Foreign exchange contracts Other assets

$

$

Liability Derivatives:

Commodity contracts

Other current liabilities

Energy contracts

Other current liabilities

Foreign exchange contracts Other current liabilities
Foreign exchange contracts Other liabilities

Interest rate swaps

Interest rate swaps

Other current liabilities

Other liabilities

0.5

$

0.6

$

— $

$

$

3.8

1.3

0.3

5.9

1.9

0.3

1.5
23.6

50.9

165.3

2.4

—

—

3.0

3.3

0.2

—
—

2.0

313.2

318.7

$

$

—

1.1

0.3

1.4

$

— $

—

1.5
23.6

0.7

4.2

$

30.0

$

$

243.5

$

—

—

—

—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

The following tables present the effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on the Company’s Consolidated Statements 
of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 and Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income 
(Loss) as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Derivatives Not Designated as Hedging
Instruments

Statement of Operations Location

Commodity contracts

Energy contracts

Cost of goods sold

Cost of goods sold

Foreign exchange contracts

Selling, general and administrative expenses

Interest rate swaps

Other (income) expense, net

(Gain) Loss Recognized in
Statement of Operations
2016

2015

2017

$

$

(0.4) $
(1.3)
0.8
(102.1)

7.5

1.2

—

182.9

(5.2)
12.8

—

92.5

Derivatives
Designated as
Hedging
Instruments

Foreign exchange
contracts

Interest rate swaps

Cross-currency
swaps (a)

(Gain) Loss Recognized
in OCI

Loss Reclassified from
Accumulated OCI into
Earnings

Loss Recognized in
Earnings
[amount excluded from
effectiveness testing]

2017

2016

2017

2016

2017

2016

$

(1.6) $

— $

— $

— $

— $

—

Statement of Operations
Location

Selling, general and
administrative expenses

5.6

14.8

—

—

0.7

—

—

—

—

10.3

— Interest expense, net

Other expense (income),
net

—

(a) On July 3, 2017, the Company designated its cross-currency swaps, entered into in the third quarter of fiscal 2017, as  net investment hedges.
Prior to the designation, mark to market losses of $10.3 were recognized in “Other expense (income), net” in the Consolidated Statement
of Operations.

Approximately $0.7 of the net cash flow hedge losses reported in accumulated OCI at September 30, 2017 is expected to be
reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. For gains and losses associated with foreign exchange forward contracts, the 
reclassification will occur on a straight-line basis over the useful life of the related capital assets. For gains or losses associated 
with interest rate swaps, the reclassification will occur over the term of the related debt. Reclassification of gains and losses 
reported in accumulated OCI related to the cross-currency swaps will only occur in the event all United Kingdom based operations 
are liquidated.

70

At September 30, 2017 and September 30, 2016, the Company had pledged collateral of $2.9 and $6.1, respectively, related 

to its commodity and energy contracts. These amounts are classified as “Restricted cash” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets.

NOTE 14 — FAIR VALUE MEASUREMENTS

The  following  table  presents  the  assets  and  liabilities  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  recurring  basis  and  the  basis  for  that 

measurement according to the levels in the fair value hierarchy in ASC Topic 820:

Assets

Deferred compensation investment
Derivative assets

Liabilities

Deferred compensation liabilities
Derivative liabilities

September 30, 2017
Level 1

Level 2

Total

September 30, 2016
Level 1

Level 2

Total

$

$

$

$

15.4
5.9
21.3

22.5
243.5
266.0

$

$

$

$

15.4
—
15.4

$

$

— $
5.9
5.9

$

11.5
3.0
14.5

— $
—
— $

22.5
243.5
266.0

$

$

17.3
318.7
336.0

$

$

$

$

11.5
—
11.5

$

$

—
3.0
3.0

— $
—
— $

17.3
318.7
336.0

The deferred compensation investment is primarily invested in mutual funds and its fair value is measured using the market 
approach. This investment is in the same funds and purchased in substantially the same amounts as the participants’ selected 
investment options (excluding Post common stock equivalents), which represent the underlying liabilities to participants in the 
Company’s deferred compensation plans. Deferred compensation liabilities are recorded at amounts due to participants in cash, 
based  on  the  fair  value  of  participants’  selected  investment  options  (excluding  certain  Post  common  stock  equivalents  to  be 
distributed in shares) using the market approach. The Company utilizes the income approach to measure fair value for its derivative 
assets, which include commodity options and futures contracts. The income approach uses pricing models that rely on market 
observable inputs such as yield curves and forward prices.

Commodity and energy derivatives are valued using an income approach based on index prices less the contract rate multiplied 
by the notional amount. Foreign exchange contracts are valued using the spot rate less the forward rate multiplied by the notional 
amount. The Company’s calculation of the fair value of interest rate swaps is derived from a discounted cash flow analysis based 
on the terms of the contract and the interest rate curve. Refer to Note 13 for the classification of changes in fair value of derivative 
assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis within the Consolidated Statements of Operations.

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities also include cash and cash equivalents, receivables and accounts payable for 
which the carrying value approximates fair value due to their short maturities (less than 12 months). The Company does not record 
its short-term and long-term debt at fair value on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. Based on current market rates, the fair value 
of the Company’s debt (Level 2) was $7,343.4 and $4,852.2 as of September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively.

Certain assets and liabilities, including long-lived assets, goodwill, indefinite-lived intangibles and assets held for sale are 

measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis.

In fiscal 2017, the Company recorded goodwill impairment losses of $26.5 and goodwill and other intangible assets impairment 
losses of $57.0 and $3.8, respectively, in the year ended September 30, 2015. There were no such charges recorded in fiscal 2016. 
These losses were recorded as “Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. 
For additional information on other intangibles assets and goodwill, see Note 2 and Note 6, respectively. There were no other fair 
value measurement losses recognized during the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015.

At September 30, 2016, the Company had land, buildings and equipment classified as assets held for sale related to the closure 
of its Modesto, California facility. At September 30, 2016, the carrying value, as determined by estimated fair value less estimated 
costs to sell, of the assets held for sale was $4.3 and was included in “Prepaid expenses and other current assets” on the Condensed 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. Related to its Farmers Branch, Texas facility, the Company had land and buildings classified as 
assets held for sale as of September 30, 2016. The carrying value of the assets included in “Prepaid expenses and other current 
assets” on the Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets was $5.8 as of September 30, 2016. The fair value of the assets held for 
sale were  measured  at  fair  value  on  a  nonrecurring  basis  based  on  third  party  offers  to  purchase  the  assets.  The fair 
value measurement was categorized as Level 3, as the fair values utilize significant unobservable inputs. 

71

The following table summarizes the Level 3 activity. For additional information on assets held for sale, see Note 4.

Balance, September 30, 2015

Transfers into held for sale

Losses on assets held for sale

Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale

Balance, September 30, 2016

Gain on sale of assets held for sale

Proceeds from the sale of assets held for sale

Balance, September 30, 2017

NOTE 15 — LONG-TERM DEBT

Long-term debt as of the dates indicated consists of the following:

5.50% Senior Notes maturing March 2025

5.75% Senior Notes maturing March 2027

5.00% Senior Notes maturing August 2026

7.75% Senior Notes maturing March 2024

8.00% Senior Notes maturing July 2025

6.00% Senior Notes maturing December 2022
6.75% Senior Notes maturing December 2021

7.375% Senior Notes maturing February 2022

Term Loan

TEUs (see Note 19)

4.57% 2012 Series Bond maturing September 2017

Capital leases

Less: Current Portion

Debt issuance costs, net

Plus: Unamortized premium

Total long-term debt

Senior Notes

$

$

$

11.4

9.6

(9.3)

(1.6)

10.1

0.2

(10.3)

—

September 30,

2017
$ 1,000.0

$

2016

1,500.0

1,750.0

—

137.5

630.0

—

—

2,194.5

—

—

0.2

7,212.2
(22.1)
(81.8)
40.8

—

—

1,750.0

800.0

400.0

630.0

875.0

133.0

—

11.0

1.3

—

4,600.3
(12.3)
(53.5)
16.7

$ 7,149.1

$ 4,551.2

On June 2, 2014, the Company issued $630.0 principal value of 6.00% senior notes due in December 2022. The 6.00% senior 
notes were issued at par and the Company received $619.0 after paying related fees of $11.0, which will be deferred and amortized 
to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 6.00% senior notes are due semi-annually each June 15 
and December 15.

On August 18, 2015, the Company issued $800.0 principal value of 7.75% senior notes due in March 2024 and $400.0 principal 
value of 8.00% senior notes due in July 2025. The 7.75% and 8.00% senior notes were issued at par. The Company received 
$1,187.9 after paying related fees of $12.1, which were deferred to be amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. 
Interest payments on the 7.75% senior notes were due semi-annually each March 15 and September 15. Interest payments on the 
8.00% senior notes are due semi-annually each January 15 and July 15. With a portion of the proceeds received from term loan 
borrowings (see below), the Company repaid the $800.0 principal value of the 7.75% senior notes as well as $262.5 principal 
value of the 8.00% senior notes along with related tender premiums. In connection with the early repayment of these notes, the 
Company recorded expense of $160.4 in the year ended September 30, 2017, which is reported as “Loss on extinguishment of 
debt, net ” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This loss included tender premiums of $151.9 and debt issuance costs 
write-offs of $8.5.

On August 3, 2016, the Company issued $1,750.0 principal value of 5.00% senior notes due in August 2026. The 5.00% senior 
notes were issued at par and the Company received $1,725.7 after paying related fees of $24.3, which were deferred and will be 
72

amortized to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the 5.00% senior notes are due semi-annually each 
February 15 and August 15.

On February 14, 2017, the Company issued $1,000.0 principal value of 5.50% senior notes due in March 2025 and $750.0 
principal value of 5.75% senior notes due in March 2027 (the “February 14, 2017 issuance”). The 5.50% and 5.75% senior notes 
were issued at par and the Company received $1,725.4 after paying related fees of $24.6, which were deferred and will be amortized 
to interest expense over the term of the notes. On August 10, 2017, the Company issued an additional $750.0 principal value of 
5.75% notes due in March 2027. The additional 5.75% senior notes were issued at 105.5% of par value and the Company received 
$784.0 after paying investment banking and other fees of $7.2. The premium related to the 5.75% senior notes will be amortized 
as a reduction to interest expense over the term of the notes. Interest payments on the the 5.50% and 5.75% senior notes are due 
semi-annually each March 1 and September 1.

With a portion of the proceeds received from the issuance of the 5.00% senior notes, the Company repaid $1,242.0 principal 
value of the 7.375% senior notes, originally issued on February 3, 2012, October 25, 2012 and July 18, 2013. In connection with 
the early repayment of this portion of the 7.375% notes, the Company recorded expense of $78.6 in the year ended September 30, 
2016, which was reported as “Loss on extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This loss included 
a tender premium of $88.0 and debt issuance costs write-offs of $12.4, partially offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium 
of $21.8. In addition, with a portion of the proceeds received from the February 14, 2017 issuance, the Company repaid the 
remaining $133.0 principal value of the 7.375% senior notes. In connection with the early repayment of this portion of the 7.375%
notes, the Company recorded expense of $4.0 in the year ended September 30, 2017, which is reported as “Loss on extinguishment 
of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The loss included a premium of $4.9 and debt issuance costs write-offs 
of $1.2, partially offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium of $2.1.

With a portion of the proceeds received from the February 14, 2017 issuance, the Company repaid the $875.0 principal value 
of the 6.75% senior notes, originally issued on November 18, 2013 and March 19, 2014. In connection with the early repayment 
of these notes, the Company recorded expense of $58.5 in the year ended September 30, 2017, which is reported as “Loss on 
extinguishment of debt, net” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. The loss included a premium of $63.0 and debt issuance 
cost write-offs of $8.9, partially offset by the write-off of unamortized debt premium of $13.4.

All of the Company’s senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally, on a senior unsecured basis 
by each of our existing and future domestic subsidiaries, other than immaterial subsidiaries, receivables finance subsidiaries and 
subsidiaries we designate as unrestricted subsidiaries (the “Guarantors”). As of September 30, 2017, the U.S. subsidiary of the 
Weetabix Group was not a Guarantor, but the Company intends to add it as a Guarantor in the future. Our foreign subsidiaries do 
not guarantee the senior notes. These guarantees are subject to release in limited circumstances (only upon the occurrence of 
certain customary conditions).

Credit Agreement

On March 28, 2017, the Company amended and restated its prior credit agreement, originally entered into on January 29, 
2014, and further amended the credit agreement on April 28, 2017 (as amended and restated, the “Credit Agreement”). The Credit 
Agreement provides for a revolving credit facility in an aggregate principal amount of $800.0 (the “Revolving Credit Facility”), 
with the commitments thereunder to be made available to the Company in US Dollars, Canadian Dollars, Euros and pounds sterling. 
The  issuance  of  letters  of  credit  is  available  under  the  Credit Agreement  in  an  aggregate  amount  of  up  to  $50.0. The  Credit 
Agreement also provides for potential incremental revolving and term facilities at the request of the Company and at the discretion 
of the lenders, in each case on terms to be determined, and also permits the Company, subject to certain conditions, to incur 
incremental equivalent debt, in an aggregate maximum amount not to exceed the greater of (1) $700.0 and (2) the maximum 
amount at which (A) the Company’s pro forma consolidated leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed 
6.50 to 1.00 and (B) the Company’s pro forma senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would not exceed 
3.00 to 1.00 as of the date such indebtedness is incurred. The outstanding amounts under the Revolving Credit Facility must be 
repaid on or before March 28, 2022. The Company incurred $4.6 of issuance costs in connection with the Credit Agreement in 
the year ended September 30, 2017. The Revolving Credit Facility has outstanding letters of credit of $10.0 which reduced the 
available borrowing capacity to $790.0 at September 30, 2017. The Credit Agreement also permits the Company to incur additional 
unsecured debt if, among other conditions, its consolidated interest coverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) would be 
greater than or equal to 2.00 to 1.00 after giving effect to such new debt.

Borrowings under the Revolving Credit Facility will bear interest, at the option of the Company, at an annual rate equal to 
either  the  Base  Rate,  Eurodollar  Rate  or  Canadian  Dollar  Offered  Rate  (“CDOR”)  (as  such  terms  are  defined  in  the  Credit 
Agreement) plus an applicable margin ranging from 1.75% to 2.25% for Eurodollar Rate-based loans and CDOR Rate-based loans 
and from 0.75% to 1.25% for Base Rate-based loans, depending in each case on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio. 
Commitment fees on the daily unused amount of commitments under the Revolving Credit Facility will accrue at rates ranging 
from 0.250% to 0.375%, also depending on the Company’s senior secured leverage ratio.

73

 The Credit Agreement contains affirmative and negative covenants customary for agreements of this type, including delivery 
of financial and other information, compliance with laws, maintenance of property, existence, insurance and books and records, 
inspection rights, obligation to provide collateral and guarantees by certain new subsidiaries, preparation of environmental reports, 
participation in an annual meeting with the agent and the lenders under the Credit Agreement, further assurances, limitations with 
respect  to  indebtedness,  liens,  fundamental  changes,  restrictive  agreements,  use  of  proceeds,  amendments  of  organization 
documents, accounting changes, prepayments and amendments of certain indebtedness, dispositions of assets, acquisitions and 
other investments, sale leaseback transactions, conduct of business, transactions with affiliates, dividends and redemptions or 
repurchases of stock, and granting liens. The Credit Agreement contains a financial covenant requiring the Company to maintain 
a senior secured leverage ratio (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of the last day of any 
fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving credit loans, swing line 
loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the Credit Agreement) exceeds 30% of the Company’s 
revolving credit commitments.

The Credit Agreement provides for customary events of default, including material breach of representations and warranties, 
failure  to  make  required  payments,  failure  to  comply  with  certain  agreements  or  covenants,  failure  to  pay,  or  default  under, 
indebtedness in excess of $75.0, certain events of bankruptcy and insolvency, inability to pay debts, the occurrence of one or more 
unstayed or undischarged judgments in excess of $75.0, attachments issued against a material part of the Company’s property, 
change in control, the invalidity of any loan document, the failure of the collateral documents to create a valid and perfected first 
priority lien and certain ERISA events. Upon the occurrence of an event of default, the maturity of the loans under the Credit 
Agreement may be accelerated and the agent and lenders under the Credit Agreement may exercise other rights and remedies 
available at law or under the loan documents, including with respect to the collateral and guarantees for the Company’s obligations 
under the Credit Agreement.

The  Company’s  obligations  under  the  Credit Agreement  are  unconditionally  guaranteed  by  each  of  the  Guarantors. The 
Company’s obligations under the Credit Agreement are secured by security interests on substantially all of the personal property 
assets of the Company and the Guarantors and are secured by the material domestic real property assets of the Company and the 
Guarantors.

Term Loans

On May 24, 2017, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 1 (“Joinder No. 1”). Joinder No.1 provided for an 
incremental term loan of $1,200.0 (the “ Joinder No. 1 Term Loan”) under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Joinder No. 1, the 
Company borrowed $1,200.0, the net proceeds of which were used to repay the $800.0 principal value of the 7.75% senior notes 
as well as $262.5 principal value of the 8.00% senior notes along with related tender premiums and other fees and expenses 
(described above).

On June 29, 2017, the Company entered into a Joinder Agreement No. 2 (“Joinder No. 2”). Joinder No. 2 provided for an 
incremental term loan of $1,000.0 (the “ Joinder No. 2 Term Loan”) under the Credit Agreement. Pursuant to Joinder No. 2, the 
Company borrowed $1,000.0 and used the proceeds, together with cash on hand, to finance its acquisition of the Weetabix Group 
(see Note 5). 

The Joinder No. 2 Term Loan was combined with the outstanding amounts under the Joinder No.1 Term Loan (collectively 
the “Term Loan”). The outstanding amounts under the Term Loan bear interest at the Eurodollar Rate plus 2.25% or the Base Rate 
(as such terms are defined in the Credit Agreement) plus 1.25%. The interest rate on the Term Loan at September 30, 2017 was 
3.49%. The Term Loan requires quarterly principal installments of $5.5 beginning on September 30, 2017 and must be repaid in 
full on May 24, 2024. The Company must make certain prepayments of principal of the Term Loan under circumstances specified 
in Joinder No. 1. The Company incurred $23.7 of issuance costs in connection with the Term Loan as of September 30, 2017.

In fiscal 2016 and 2015, the Company utilized a portion of the net proceeds from the issuances of the 7.75% senior notes, the 
8.00% senior notes and the 5.00% senior notes, together with the net proceeds from the August 18, 2015 common stock issuance, 
to repay its prior term loan, originally entered into on June 2, 2014 and May 4, 2015. In connection with the early repayment of 
the prior term loan, the Company expensed $7.8 and $30.0 of debt issuance costs and unamortized debt discount in the years ended 
September  30,  2016  and  2015,  respectively,  which  is  reported  as  “Loss  on  extinguishment  of  debt,  net”  in  the  Consolidated 
Statement of Operations.

Debt Covenants

Under the terms of the Credit Agreement, the Company is required to comply with a financial covenant consisting of a ratio 
for quarterly maximum senior secured leverage (as defined in the Credit Agreement) not to exceed 4.25 to 1.00, measured as of 
the last day of any fiscal quarter if, as of the last day of such fiscal quarter, the aggregate outstanding amount of all revolving 
credit loans, swing line loans and letter of credit obligations (subject to certain exceptions specified in the Credit Agreement) 
exceeds 30% of the Company’s revolving credit commitments. As of September 30, 2017, the Company was not required to 
comply with such financial covenant as the aggregate amount of the aforementioned obligations did not exceed 30%. 

74

The Credit Agreement permits the Company to incur additional unsecured debt if, among other conditions, the pro forma 
consolidated interest coverage ratio, calculated as provided in the Credit Agreement, would be greater than or equal to 2.00 to 
1.00 after giving effect to such new debt. As of September 30, 2017, the pro forma consolidated interest coverage ratio exceeded 
this threshold.

NOTE 16 — COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

Legal Proceedings 

Antitrust claims: In late 2008 and early 2009, some 22 class action lawsuits were filed in various federal courts against Michael 
Foods, Inc. (“Michael Foods”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, and some 20 other defendants (producers of shell 
eggs and egg products, and egg industry organizations), alleging violations of federal and state antitrust laws in connection with 
the production and sale of shell eggs and egg products, and seeking unspecified damages. All cases were transferred to the Eastern 
District of Pennsylvania for coordinated and/or consolidated pretrial proceedings.

The case involves three plaintiff groups:  (1) direct purchasers of eggs and egg products; (2) companies (primarily large 
grocery chains and food companies that purchase considerable quantities of eggs) that opted out of any eventual class and brought 
their own separate actions against the defendants (“opt-out plaintiffs”); and (3) indirect purchasers of shell eggs.

Motions related to class certification: In September 2015, the court granted the motion of the direct purchaser plaintiffs to 
certify a shell-egg subclass, but denied their motion to certify an egg-products subclass. Also in September 2015, the court denied 
the  motion  of  the  indirect  purchaser  plaintiffs  for  class  certification.  The  indirect  purchaser  plaintiffs  subsequently  filed  an 
alternative motion for certification of an injunctive class, and that motion was denied on June 27, 2017. 

Motions for summary judgment: In September 2016, the court granted the defendants’ motion for summary judgment based 
on purchases of egg products, thereby limiting all claims to shell eggs. Also in September 2016, the court denied individual motions 
for summary judgment made by Michael Foods and three other defendants that had sought the dismissal of all claims against them. 

Settlements by Michael Foods: On December 8, 2016, Michael Foods reached an agreement to settle all class claims asserted 
against it by the direct purchaser plaintiffs for a payment of $75.0 million. The Company has paid such amount into escrow. This 
settlement is awaiting court approval. Although the Company expects the settlement will receive the needed approval, there can 
be no assurance that the court will approve the agreement as proposed by the parties.  

On January 19, 2017, Michael Foods entered into a settlement, the details of which are confidential, with the opt-out plaintiffs 
(excluding those opt-out plaintiffs whose claims relate primarily or exclusively to egg products; several of those plaintiffs are now 
appealing the dismissal of the egg -products claims). This settlement was paid by the Company as of September 30, 2017. Michael 
Foods has at all times denied liability in this matter, and neither settlement contains any admission of liability by Michael Foods. 
Under current law, any settlement paid, including the settlement with the direct purchaser plaintiffs and the settlement with the 
opt-out plaintiffs, is deductible for federal income tax purposes.

Remaining portions of the case:  The Third Circuit Court of Appeals has denied the motions of the indirect purchaser plaintiffs 
to immediately appeal the court’s denial of their motions for class certification.  Additionally, the elimination of egg products from 
the case is being appealed by opt-out plaintiffs who purchased egg products. The appeal is fully submitted to the Third Circuit 
Court of Appeals.

Although the likelihood of a material adverse outcome in the egg antitrust litigation has been significantly reduced as a result 
of the Michael Foods settlements described above, there is still a possibility of an adverse outcome following appellate review of 
the remaining portions of the case. At this time, however, we do not believe it is possible to estimate any loss in connection with 
these remaining portions of the egg antitrust litigation. Accordingly, we cannot predict what impact, if any, these remaining matters 
and any results from such matters could have on our future results of operations.

At September 30, 2016, the Company had accrued $28.5 for this matter that was included in “Other current liabilities” on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheets. There were no accruals for these matters at September 30, 2017. We record reserves for litigation 
losses in accordance with ASC Topic 450, “Contingencies” (“ASC 450”). Under ASC 450, a loss contingency is recorded if a loss 
is probable and can be reasonably estimated. We record probable loss contingencies based on the best estimate of the loss. If a 
range of loss can be reasonably estimated, but no single amount within the range appears to be a better estimate than any other 
amount within the range, the minimum amount in the range is accrued. These estimates are often initially developed earlier than 
when the ultimate loss is known, and the estimates are adjusted if additional information becomes known.

Although the Company believes its accruals for this matter are appropriate, the final amounts required to resolve such matters 
could differ materially from recorded estimates and the Company's results of operations and cash flows could be materially affected. 

75

Accordingly, the Company cannot predict what impact, if any, these matters and any results from such matters could have on the 
future results of operations.

During the years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, the Company expensed $74.5 and $28.5 related to these settlements, 
respectively, which was included in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. 
No expense related to these settlements was recorded during the year ended September 30, 2015.

Other: The Company is subject to various other legal proceedings and actions arising in the normal course of business. In the 
opinion of management, based upon the information presently known, the ultimate liability, if any, arising from such pending legal 
proceedings, as well as from asserted legal claims and known potential legal claims which are likely to be asserted, taking into 
account established accruals for estimated liabilities (if any), are not expected to be material individually or in the aggregate to 
the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company. In addition, although it is difficult to 
estimate the potential financial impact of actions regarding expenditures for compliance with regulatory matters, in the opinion 
of management, based upon the information currently available, the ultimate liability arising from such compliance matters is not 
expected to be material to the consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows of the Company.

Lease Commitments

Future minimum rental payments under noncancelable operating leases in effect as of September 30, 2017 were $22.4, $25.3, 

$23.7, $22.8, $20.6 and $38.1 for fiscal 2018, 2019, 2020, 2021, 2022 and thereafter, respectively.

NOTE 17 — PENSION AND OTHER POSTRETIREMENT BENEFITS

The Company maintains qualified defined benefit plans in the United States, United Kingdom and Canada for certain employees 
primarily within its Post Consumer Brands and Weetabix segments. Certain of the Company’s employees are eligible to participate 
in the Company’s postretirement benefit plans (partially subsidized retiree health and life insurance). The following disclosures 
reflect amounts related to the Company’s employees based on separate actuarial valuations, projections and certain allocations. 
Amounts for the Canadian plans are included in the North America disclosures and are not disclosed separately because they do 
not constitute a significant portion of the combined amounts. With respect to defined benefits for U.S. Post Consumer Brands 
employees, eligibility is frozen to new employees and benefit accruals are frozen for all administrative employees and certain 
production employees. With respect to defined benefits for Canadian Post Consumer Brands employees, eligibility is frozen to 
new  entrants  and  benefit  accrual  is  frozen  for  salaried  employees. With  respect  to  defined  benefits  for Weetabix  employees, 
eligibility is frozen to new entrants in the United Kingdom and the benefit accrual is frozen for salaried Weetabix employees in 
the United States and in the executive scheme for United Kingdom employees.

76

Defined Benefit Pension Plans

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the pension plans’ benefit obligations and fair value of assets 
over the two year period ended September 30, 2017, and a statement of the funded status and amounts recognized on the combined 
balance sheets as of September 30, 2017 and 2016.

Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan participants’ contributions
Plan amendment (a)
Actuarial loss (gain)
Business combinations
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in fair value of plan assets
Fair value of plan assets at beginning of period
Actual return on plan assets
Employer contributions
Business combinations
Plan participants’ contributions
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status

Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other assets
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost (credit)
Total

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit
obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Discount rate — Other international plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Other international plans

North America
Year Ended
September 30,

2017

2016

Other International
Year Ended
September 30,

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

71.2
4.1
2.5
0.6
—
(1.0)
25.5
(3.0)
0.7
100.6

54.3
5.4
7.7
15.2
0.6
(3.0)
0.7
80.9
(19.7)

1.5
(21.2)
(19.7)

0.6
14.3
14.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

58.1
4.0
2.5
0.6
0.5
8.0
—
(2.7)
0.2
71.2

44.4
5.5
6.3
—
0.6
(2.7)
0.2
54.3
(16.9)

—
(16.9)
(16.9)

19.1
0.8
19.9

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

$

— $
1.7
4.9
0.6
—
(46.4)
746.0
(6.2)
23.0
723.6

$

— $
0.3
2.4
852.2
0.6
(6.2)
27.4
876.7
153.1

$

153.1
—
153.1

(40.2)
—
(40.2)

$

$

$

$

3.86%
3.63%
n/a
3.00%
2.69%
n/a

3.66%
3.18%
n/a
3.00%
2.75%
n/a

n/a
n/a
2.72%
n/a
n/a
2.70%

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—

—
—
—

—
—
—

n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a
n/a

(a)

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company finalized a new collective bargaining agreement that resulted in an amendment to its
North American pension plans.

The  accumulated  benefit  obligation  exceeded  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  North  American  pension  plans  at
September 30,  2017  and  September 30,  2016,  whereas  the  fair  value  of  plan  assets  for  the  Other  International  pension  plans 
77

exceeded the accumulated benefit obligation at September 30, 2017. The aggregate accumulated benefit obligation for the North 
American pension plans was $98.3 and $68.6 at September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. The aggregate accumulated benefit 
obligation for the Other International pension plans was $690.4 at September 30, 2017.

The following tables provide the components of net periodic benefit cost for the pension plans including amounts recognized 

in OCI.

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service cost
Net periodic benefit cost

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — U.S. plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans
Expected return on plan assets — U.S. plans
Expected return on plan assets — Canadian plans

Changes in benefit obligation recognized in Total Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net (gain) loss
Recognized loss
Plan amendment
Recognized prior service cost
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income or loss (before tax effects)

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Expected return on plan assets
Net periodic benefit cost

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate 
Rate of compensation increase
Expected return on plan assets

$

$

$

$

$

$

North America
Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

4.1
2.5
(3.2)
1.6
0.2
5.2

3.66%
3.18%
2.99%
2.50%
5.33%
6.00%

(3.1)
(1.6)
—
(0.2)
(0.1)
(5.0)

$

$

$

$

4.0
2.5
(2.6)
1.1
0.3
5.3

4.55%
3.82%
3.00%
2.75%
5.20%
6.00%

5.1
(1.1)
0.5
(0.3)
—
4.2

$

$

$

$

3.8
2.2
(2.4)
0.9
0.3
4.8

4.56%
4.25%
3.00%
2.75%
5.72%
6.00%

6.4
(0.9)
—
(0.3)
—
5.2

Other International
Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

1.7
4.9
(7.5)
(0.9)

$

$

— $
—
—
— $

2.61%
2.75%
3.52%

—%
—%
—%

—
—
—
—

—%
—%
—%

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net (gain) loss
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income or loss (before tax effects)

$

$

(39.3)
(0.9)
(40.2)

$

$

— $
—
— $

—
—
—

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service cost expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic 
benefit cost during 2018 related to North American pension benefits are $1.1 and $0.1, respectively. There are no estimated net 

78

actuarial loss and prior service cost (credit) expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic benefit cost during 
2018 related to Other International pension benefits. In addition, the Company expects to make contributions of $5.2 and $9.6 to 
its defined benefit North American and Other International pension plans, respectively, during fiscal 2018.

The expected return on North American pension plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns 
of  the  various  asset  classes,  using  the  target  allocation. The  broad  target  allocations  are  56.0%  equity  securities,  40.0%  debt 
securities and 4.0% real assets. At September 30, 2017, equity securities were 58.3%, debt securities were 37.0%, real assets were 
3.7% and other was 1.0% of the fair value of total plan assets, approximately 69.6% of which was invested in passive index funds. 
At September 30, 2016, equity securities were 49.8%, debt securities were 42.4%, real assets were 6.6% and cash was 1.2% of 
the fair value of total plan assets, approximately 81.0% of which was invested in passive index funds. The allocation guidelines 
were established based on management’s determination of the appropriate risk posture and long-term objectives.

The expected return on Other International pension plan assets was determined based on historical and expected future returns 
of the various asset classes, using the target allocation. The broad target allocations are 63.0% debt securities, 22.8% liability 
driven instruments, 4.0% real assets, 8.0% other and 2.2% cash. At September 30, 2017, debt securities were 75.9%, liability 
hedging instruments were 23.3%, real assets were 0.4%, other was  0.1% and cash was 0.3% of the fair value of total plan assets, 
approximately  25.6%  of  which  was  invested  in  passive  index  funds.  The  allocation  guidelines  were  established  based  on 
management’s determination of the appropriate risk posture and long-term objectives.

The following tables present the North American and Other International pension plan’s assets measured at fair value on a 
recurring basis and the basis for that measurement. The fair value of mutual funds is based on quoted net asset values of the shares 
held by the plan at year end.

North America

Equities
Bonds
Fixed income
Real assets
Cash

Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy

Equities
Pooled assets
Fixed income
Real assets

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

Total plan assets

$

$

Bonds
Liability driven instruments
Fixed income
Cash

Fair value of plan assets in the fair value hierarchy

Fixed income
Real assets
Other

Investments measured at net asset value (a)

Total plan assets

Total

September 30, 2017
Level 1
7.8
$
11.3
—
0.9
0.8
20.8
—
—
—
—
—
20.8

Level 2
8.6
$
—
4.6
—
—
13.2
—
—
—
—
—
13.2

16.4
11.3
4.6
0.9
0.8
34.0
30.7
4.5
9.6
2.1
46.9
80.9

$

$

Total

September 30, 2016
Level 1
$ — $
6.0
—
—
0.6
6.6
—
—
—
—
—
6.6

6.7
6.0
3.9
—
0.6
17.2
20.3
4.3
8.9
3.6
37.1
54.3

Level 2
6.7
—
3.9
—
—
10.6
—
—
—
—
—
10.6

$

$

$

$

Other International
September 30, 2017
Level 1
$ 441.1
204.2
108.3
2.7
756.3
—
—
—
—
$ 756.3

Level 2
20.6
$
—
—
—
20.6
—
—
—
—
20.6

Total
$ 461.7
204.2
108.3
2.7
776.9
95.0
3.9
0.9
99.8
$ 876.7

$

(a)

In accordance with ASC 820-10, certain investments were measured at net asset value per share (“NAV”). In cases where the fair value
was measured at NAV using the practical expedient provided for in ASC 820-10, the investments have not been classified in the fair value
hierarchy. The fair value amounts presented in these tables are intended to permit reconciliation of the fair value hierarchy to the tables
above.

79

Other Postretirement Benefits

The following table provides a reconciliation of the changes in the North American other postretirement benefit obligations 
over the two year period ended September 30, 2017. Besides the North American plans, the Company does not maintain any other 
postretirement benefit plans.

Change in benefit obligation
Benefit obligation at beginning of period
Service cost
Interest cost
Plan amendment (a)
Actuarial gain
Benefits paid
Currency translation
Benefit obligation at end of period

Change in fair value of plan assets
Employer contributions
Benefits paid
Fair value of plan assets at end of period
Funded status

Amounts recognized in assets or liabilities
Other current liabilities
Other liabilities
Net amount recognized

Amounts recognized in accumulated other comprehensive loss
Net actuarial loss
Prior service cost (credit)
Total

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine benefit obligation
Discount rate — U.S. plans
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans

Year Ended
September 30,

2017

2016

$

$

$

$

$

$

68.6
0.6
2.0
(0.1)
(4.4)
(2.1)
0.4
65.0

2.1
(2.1)
—
(65.0)

(2.7)
(62.3)
(65.0)

8.6
(28.8)
(20.2)

$

$

$

$

$

$

112.4
1.0
4.0
(36.1)
(11.3)
(1.6)
0.2
68.6

1.6
(1.6)
—
(68.6)

(2.3)
(66.3)
(68.6)

13.6
(33.5)
(19.9)

3.77%
3.69%
2.75%

3.54%
3.23%
2.75%

(a)

In the second quarter of fiscal 2016, the Company finalized a new collective bargaining agreement that resulted in an amendment to its
pension and other postretirement benefit plans.

80

The following table provides the components of net periodic benefit cost for the other postretirement benefit plans including 

amounts recognized in OCI. 

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Components of net periodic benefit cost
Service cost
Interest cost
Recognized net actuarial loss
Recognized prior service credit
Net periodic benefit cost

Weighted-average assumptions used to determine net benefit cost
Discount rate — U.S. plans (Prior to plan amendment) (a)
Discount rate — U.S. plans (Subsequent to plan amendment) (a)
Discount rate — Canadian plans
Rate of compensation increase — Canadian plans

Changes in plan assets and benefit obligation recognized in Total
Comprehensive Income (Loss)
Net (gain) loss
Recognized loss
Plan amendment
Recognized prior service credit
Currency translation
Total recognized in other comprehensive income or loss (before tax effects)

$

$

$

$

0.6
2.0
0.7
(4.8)
(1.5)

n/a
3.54%
3.23%
2.75%

(4.4)
(0.7)
(0.1)
4.8
0.1
(0.3)

$

$

$

$

1.0
4.0
1.6
(3.8)
2.8

4.60%
4.22%
3.91%
2.75%

(11.3)
(1.6)
(36.1)
3.8
(0.1)
(45.3)

$

$

$

$

2.0
4.8
1.4
(1.6)
6.6

4.61%
n/a
4.45%
2.75%

3.1
(1.4)
—
1.6
(0.3)
3.0

(a) The plan was re-measured as of February 29, 2016. For fiscal 2016, the discount rate was 4.6% for the first five months of benefit cost and

4.22% for the last seven months of benefit cost.

For September 30, 2017 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered
health care benefits related to domestic plans for 2018 was 7.0% and 5.8% for participants under the age of 65 and over the age 
of 65, respectively, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 5.0% for 2022 and beyond. For September 30, 2016 measurement 
purposes, the assumed annual rate of increase in the future per capita cost of covered health care benefits related to domestic plans 
for 2017 was 7.5% and 6.0% for participants under the age of 65 and over the age of 65, respectively, declining gradually to an 
ultimate rate of 5.0% for 2022 and beyond. For September 30, 2017 and 2016 measurement purposes, the assumed annual rate of 
increase in the future per capita cost of covered health care benefits related to Canadian plans for the following fiscal year was 
6.5% and 7.0%, respectively, declining gradually to an ultimate rate of 4.5% for 2021 and beyond for the year ended September 
30, 2017 and 2016. A 1% change in assumed health care cost trend rates would result in the following changes in the accumulated 
postretirement benefit obligation and in the total service and interest cost components for fiscal 2017:

Effect on postretirement benefit obligation
Effect on total service and interest cost

Increase

$

6.7
0.3

Decrease
$

(5.5)
(0.2)

The estimated net actuarial loss and prior service credit expected to be reclassified from accumulated OCI into net periodic 

benefit cost during 2018 related to other postretirement benefits are $0.3 and $4.7, respectively. 

Additional Information

As of September 30, 2017, expected future benefit payments and related federal subsidy receipts (Medicare Part D) in the 

next ten fiscal years were as follows:

Pension benefits
Other benefits
Subsidy receipts

2018

2019

2020

2021

2022

$

$

23.0
2.7
—

$

24.2
3.0
—

$

24.6
3.2
0.1

$

25.5
3.3
0.1

26.8
3.5
0.1

$

2023- 
2027

153.3
18.2
1.0

81

In addition to the defined benefit plans described above, the Company sponsors a defined contribution 401(k) plan under 
which it makes matching contributions. The Company expensed $18.2, $15.6 and $11.7 for the fiscal years ended September 30, 
2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

NOTE 18 — STOCK-BASED COMPENSATION

On February 3, 2012, the Company established the 2012 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2012 Plan”) which permitted the 
issuance of various stock-based compensation awards up to 6.5 million shares. On January 29, 2016, the Company established 
the 2016 Long-Term Incentive Plan (the “2016 Plan”) which permits issuance of stock-based compensation awards up to 2.4 
million shares. Upon establishment of the 2016 Plan, all remaining shares available to be issued under the 2012 Plan were transfered 
to the 2016 Plan. Awards issued under the 2012 Plan and 2016 Plan have a maximum term of 10 years, provided, however, that 
the Corporate Governance and Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may, in its discretion, grant awards with a 
longer term to participants who are located outside the United States.

Total compensation cost for cash and non-cash stock-based compensation awards recognized in the fiscal years ended 2017, 
2016 and 2015 was $30.7, $25.6 and $29.2, respectively, and the related recognized deferred tax benefit for each of those periods 
was approximately $9.7, $8.0 and $10.6, respectively. As of September 30, 2017, the total compensation cost related to non-vested 
awards not yet recognized was $44.4, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.2 years. 

In connection with employee retirement and reorganization initiatives during fiscal 2015, the Company accelerated the vesting 
of unvested equity awards for 25 and 4 employees in the fiscal years ended September 2016 and 2015, respectively. As a result 
of this acceleration, the Company recorded $2.2 and $8.0 of incremental cash and stock-based compensation expense in the fiscal 
years ended September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. No such expense was recorded in the year ended September 30, 2017.

Stock Appreciation Rights

Information about stock-settled stock appreciation rights (“SSAR”) is summarized in the following table. Upon exercise of 
each SSAR, the holder will receive the number of shares of Post common stock equal in value to the difference between the 
exercise price and the fair market value at the date of exercise, less all applicable taxes. The total intrinsic value of SSARs exercised 
was $0.6, $5.1 and $2.1 in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively. 

Stock-Settled
Stock
Appreciation 
Rights

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017
Exercisable at September 30, 2017

$

152,831
—
(15,000)
—
—
137,831
137,831
102,831

42.07
—
46.19
—
—
41.63
41.63
38.17

$

5.69
5.69
5.08

6.4
6.4
5.2

In 2015, the Company granted 40,000 SSARs to its non-management members of the Board of Directors. Due to vesting 
provisions of these awards the Company determined that these awards had subjective acceleration rights such that the Company 
expensed the grant date fair value upon issuance and recognized $0.7 of related expense for the year ended September 30, 2015.

The following table provides the weighted-average grant date fair value of SSARs granted calculated using the Black-Scholes 
valuation model, which uses assumptions of expected life (term), expected stock price volatility, risk-free interest rate, and expected 
dividends (collectively, the “Black-Scholes Model”). The expected term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and 
contractual term, along with historical exercise behavior on similar awards. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility 
trends. The  risk-free  rate  is  the  interpolated  U.S. Treasury  rate  for  a  term  equal  to  the  expected  term. The  weighted-average 
assumptions and grant date fair values for SSARs granted during the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015 are summarized in the 
table below. For SSARs granted to Company employees prior to the separation from its former owner, the assumptions used in 
the Black-Scholes Model were based on the former owner’s history and stock characteristics. 

82

Expected term (in years)
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per SSAR)

Cash Settled Stock Appreciation Rights

2015
6.5
29.2%
1.6%
0%
$16.72

Cash-Settled
Stock
Appreciation 
Rights

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017
Exercisable at September 30, 2017

$

105,000
—
(500)
—
—
104,500
104,500
71,166

46.29
—
18.10
—
—
46.43
46.43
45.83

$

7.40
7.40
7.31

4.4
4.4
3.0

The fair value of each cash settled stock appreciation right (“SAR”) was estimated each reporting period using the Black-
Scholes Model. The expected term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and contractual term, along with historical 
exercise behavior on similar awards. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility trends and other factors. The risk-free 
rate is the interpolated U.S. Treasury rate for a term equal to the expected term. The following table presents the assumptions used 
to remeasure the fair value of outstanding SARs at September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015. 

Expected term
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per right)

Stock Options

2017
2.9
31.7%
1.6%
0%
$54.18

2016
3.8
32.4%
1.0%
0%
$44.44

2015
4.8
29.7%
1.3%
0%
$29.10

Outstanding at September 30, 2016

Granted
Exercised
Forfeited
Expired

Outstanding at September 30, 2017

Vested and expected to vest as of September 30, 2017
Exercisable at September 30, 2017

$

Stock Options
4,255,500
343,000
(400,000)
—
—
4,198,500
4,198,500
3,060,163

Weighted-
Average
Exercise
Price Per 
Share

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual
Term in Years

Aggregate
Intrinsic
Value

42.15
71.32
33.51
—
—
45.36
45.36
41.00

$

6.29
6.29
5.76

180.2
180.2
144.7

The fair value of each stock option was estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes Model. The Company uses 
the simplified method for estimating a stock option term as it does not have sufficient historical share options exercise experience 
upon which to estimate an expected term. The expected term is estimated based on the award’s vesting period and contractual 
term, along with historical exercise behavior on similar awards. Expected volatilities are based on historical volatility trends and 
other factors. The risk-free rate is the interpolated U.S. Treasury rate for a term equal to the expected term. The weighted-average 

83

assumptions and fair values for stock options granted during the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015 are summarized 
in the table below.

Expected term
Expected stock price volatility
Risk-free interest rate
Expected dividends
Fair value (per option)

2017
6.5
30.6%
1.9%
0%
$24.80

2016
6.5
29.1%
1.9%
0%
$20.22

2015
5.3
27.9%
1.6%
0%
$7.22

The total intrinsic value of stock options exercised was $17.6, $5.1 and $12.4 in the fiscal years ended September 30, 2017, 

2016 and 2015, respectively.

Restricted Stock Units

Nonvested at September 30, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2017

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

Restricted
Stock Units

$

543,502
342,778
(136,557)
(19,683)
730,040

54.11
73.79
51.60
63.84
63.55

The grant date fair value of each restricted stock award was determined based upon the closing price of the Company’s stock 
on the date of grant. The total vest date fair value of restricted stock units that vested during fiscal 2017, 2016 and 2015 was $10.5, 
$32.0 and $9.3, respectively. 

In fiscal years 2017 and 2016, the Company granted 10,200 and 15,000 restricted stock units to its non-management members 
of the Board of Directors, respectively. Due to vesting provisions of these awards, the Company determined that 8,500 and 12,500
of these awards granted in 2017 and 2016, respectively, had subjective acceleration rights such that the Company expensed the 
grant date fair value upon issuance and recognized $0.7 of related expense in each of the years ended September 30, 2017 and 
2016, respectively.

Cash Settled Restricted Stock Units

Nonvested at September 30, 2016

Granted
Vested
Forfeited

Nonvested at September 30, 2017

Cash-Settled
Restricted 
Stock Units

Weighted-
Average
Grant Date 
Fair Value Per 
Share

$

154,230
—
(51,919)
(2,192)
100,119

47.66
—
44.41
42.37
49.47

Cash settled restricted stock awards are liability awards and as such, their fair value is based upon the closing price of the 
Company’s stock for each reporting period, with the exception of 49,000 cash settled restricted stock units that are valued at the 
greater of the closing stock price or the grant price of $51.43. Cash used by the Company to settle restricted stock units was $4.1, 
$5.9 and $3.4 for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015, respectively.

Deferred Compensation

Post provides deferred compensation plans for directors and key employees through which eligible participants may elect to 
defer payment of all or a portion of their compensation or eligible annual bonus until a later date based on the participant’s elections. 
Participant deferrals for employee participants may be made into Post common stock equivalents (Equity Option) or into a number 
of funds operated by The Vanguard Group Inc. with a variety of investment strategies and objectives (Vanguard Funds). In order 
to receive a 33% matching contribution, deferrals for director participants must be made into Post common stock equivalents. 

84

Deferrals into the Equity Option are generally distributed in Post stock for employees and cash for directors, while deferrals into 
the Vanguard Funds are distributed in cash. There are no significant costs related to the administration of the deferred compensation 
plans. Post funds its deferred compensation liability (potential cash distributions) by investing in the Vanguard Funds in the same 
amounts as selected by the participating employees. Both realized and unrealized gains and losses on these investments are included 
in “Selling, general and administrative expenses” in the Consolidated Statement of Operations and offset the related change in the 
deferred compensation liability. For additional information, refer to Note 14.

NOTE 19 — TANGIBLE EQUITY UNITS

In May 2014, the Company completed a public offering of 2.875 million TEUs, each with a stated value of $100.00. Each 
TEU was comprised of a prepaid stock purchase contract and a senior amortizing note due June 1, 2017. The prepaid common 
stock purchase contracts were recorded as additional paid-in capital, net of issuance costs, and the senior notes were recorded as 
long-term debt. Issuance costs associated with the debt component were recorded as deferred financing costs within “Long-term 
debt” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets and were amortized using the effective interest rate method over the term of the instrument 
to June 1, 2017. Post allocated the proceeds from the issuance of the TEUs to equity and debt based on the relative fair values of 
the respective components of each TEU. The proceeds received in the offering were $278.6, which were net of financing fees of 
$8.9. The aggregate values assigned upon issuance of each component of the TEUs were as follows (amounts in millions except 
price per TEU):

Price per TEU
Gross proceeds

Issuance costs

Net proceeds

Balance sheet impact (at issuance)

Long-term debt (deferred financing fees)

Current portion of long-term debt

Long-term debt

Additional paid-in capital

Equity
Component
85.48
$
245.7
$
(7.6)
238.1

$

Debt
Component
14.52
$
41.8
$
(1.3)

$

40.5

$

— $
—

—

238.1

1.3

13.3

28.5

—

$
$

$

$

TEUs
Total

100.00
287.5
(8.9)

278.6

1.3

13.3

28.5

238.1

The senior amortizing note component of each TEU’s initial principal amount of $14.5219 bore interest at 5.25% per annum 
and had a final installment payment date on June 1, 2017. The Company paid equal quarterly cash installments of $1.3125 per 
amortizing note on March 1, June 1, September 1 and December 1 of each year. Payments commenced on September 1, 2014 and 
ended on June 1, 2017. Each installment constituted a payment of interest and a partial repayment of principal. The senior amortizing 
note component of the TEUs was repaid as of June 1, 2017 and the Company delivered 1.7114 shares of its common stock per 
purchase contract. 

Holders of TEUs, or their separated purchase contract components, settled 2.8 and 0.1 purchase contracts during the years 
ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively, for which the Company issued 4.7 and 0.2 shares of common stock during the 
years ended September 30, 2017 and 2016, respectively. No purchase contracts were settled and no shares of common stock were 
issued relating to the TEUs during the year ended September 30, 2015. All outstanding purchase contracts were settled as of 
September 30, 2017.

NOTE 20 — SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY

The Company has two classes of preferred stock, the 3.75% Series B Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (the 
“Series B Preferred”) and the 2.5% Series C Cumulative Perpetual Convertible Preferred Stock (the “Series C Preferred”). There 
are 50.0 preferred shares authorized.

The  Series  B  Preferred  has  a $0.01  par  value  per  share  and  a $100.00 liquidation  value  per  share. There  were  1.5  shares 
outstanding at both September 30, 2017 and 2016. The Series B Preferred earns cumulative dividends at a rate of 3.75% per annum 
payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. The Series B Preferred is non-voting and ranks senior 
to the Company’s outstanding common stock upon the Company’s dissolution or liquidation. The Series B Preferred has no maturity 
date; however, holders of the Series B Preferred may convert their stock at an initial conversion rate of 2.1192 shares of the 
Company’s common stock per share of convertible preferred stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of $47.19 per share 
of common stock.

85

On or after February 15, 2018, the Company may redeem all or some of the Series B Preferred at a redemption price equal to 
100% of the liquidation preference per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date if the closing sale price 
of our common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 day 
trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date of the redemption notice.

The Series  C  Preferred  has  a $0.01 par  value  per  share  and  a $100.00 liquidation  value  per  share.  There  were  3.2  shares 
outstanding at both September 30, 2017 and 2016. The Series C Preferred earns cumulative dividends at a rate of 2.5% per annum 
payable quarterly on February 15, May 15, August 15 and November 15. The Series C Preferred is non-voting and ranks senior 
to the Company’s outstanding common stock upon the Company’s dissolution or liquidation. The Series C Preferred has no maturity 
date; however, holders of the Series C Preferred may convert their stock at an initial conversion rate of 1.8477 shares of the 
Company’s common stock per share of convertible preferred stock, which is equivalent to a conversion price of $54.12 per share 
of common stock. 

On or after February 15, 2019, the Company may redeem all or some of the Series C Preferred at a redemption price equal to 
100% of the liquidation preference per share, plus accrued and unpaid dividends to the redemption date if the closing sale price 
of our common stock has been at least 150% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days during any 30 day 
trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date of the redemption notice.

Fiscal 2017

During the year ended September 30, 2017, the Company repurchased 4.0 shares of its common stock at an average share 
price of $79.53 per share for a total cost of $317.8, including brokers’ commissions. These share repurchases were recorded as 
“Treasury stock, at cost” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

Fiscal 2016

In December 2015, the Company and a holder of the Company’s Series B Preferred entered into an exchange agreement 
pursuant to which the shareholder agreed to deliver 0.9 shares of the Series B Preferred to the Company in exchange for 2.0 shares 
of common stock and $10.9 of cash. The number of shares of common stock exchanged in the transaction was based upon the 
current conversion rate, under the Certificate of Designation, Rights and Preferences for the Series B Preferred, of 2.1192 shares 
of common stock per share of Series B Preferred. The cash paid of $10.9 was recorded as “Additional paid-in capital” on the 
Consolidated Balance Sheet. 

The Company may, from time to time, enter into common stock structured repurchase arrangements with financial institutions 
using general corporate funds. Under such arrangements, the Company pays a fixed sum of cash upon execution of each agreement 
in exchange for the right to receive either a pre-determined amount of cash or Post common stock. Upon expiration of each 
agreement, if the closing market price of Post’s common stock is above the pre-determined price, the Company will have the initial 
investment returned with a premium in cash. If the closing market price of Post’s common stock is at or below the pre-determined 
price, the Company will receive the number of shares specified in the agreement. In March 2016, the Company entered into a 
structured share repurchase arrangement which required cash payments totaling $28.3, including transaction-related fees of $0.2. 
At the May 2016 expiration of the agreement, the market price of Post’s common stock exceeded the pre-determined contract 
price, resulting in cash payments to the Company of $29.4. Prepayments and cash receipts at settlement under the agreement were 
recorded as “Additional paid-in capital” on the Consolidated Balance Sheets. 

NOTE 21 — SEGMENTS

During the fourth quarter of fiscal 2017, we reorganized our reportable segments in accordance with ASC Topic 280, “Segment 

Reporting.” At September 30, 2017, our reportable segments were as follows:

•

Post Consumer Brands: North American RTE cereal and granola businesses, inclusive of the recently acquired Weetabix
North American RTE cereal business;

• Michael Foods Group: eggs, potatoes, cheese and pasta;
•
•
• Weetabix: the Weetabix branded RTE cereal and Alpen branded muesli business sold and distributed primarily outside

Active Nutrition: protein shakes, bars and powders and nutritional supplements;
Private Brands: peanut and other nut butters and dried fruit and nuts; and

of North America.

All historical segment results reported herein have been reclassified to conform with the September 30, 2017 presentation.

Management evaluates each segment’s performance based on its segment profit, which is its operating profit before impairment 
of property and intangible assets, facility closure related costs, restructuring expenses, losses on assets held for sale, gain on sale 
of business and other unallocated corporate income and expenses. The following tables present information about the Company’s 
reportable segments, including corresponding amounts for the prior year. 

86

Post’s external revenues were primarily generated by sales within the United States; foreign (primarily located in the United 
Kingdom and Canada) sales were approximately 8% of total fiscal 2017 net sales. Sales are attributed to individual countries based 
on the address to which the product is shipped.

As of September 30, 2017 and 2016, the majority of Post’s tangible long-lived assets were located in the United States; the 
remainder are located primarily in the United Kingdom and Canada which combined have a net carrying value of approximately 
$311.1 and $39.5, respectively.

In  the  fiscal  years  ended  September  30,  2017,  2016  and  2015,  one  customer  accounted  for  $704.1,  $668.8  and  $464.1, 
respectively, or approximately 13%, 13% and 10%, of total net sales, respectively. All segments, except Weetabix, sell products 
to this major customer.

The following tables present information about the Company’s reportable segments. In addition, the tables present net sales 
by product. Note that “Additions to property and intangibles” excludes additions through business acquisitions (see Note 5) and 
includes the non-monetary portion of asset exchanges.

Year Ended September 30,
2016

2015

2017

Net Sales

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group
Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Weetabix

Eliminations

Total

Segment Profit (Loss)

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group

Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Weetabix

Total segment profit

General corporate expenses and other

Impairment of goodwill and other intangibles

Interest expense, net

Loss on extinguishment of debt, net

Other (income) expense, net
Earnings (loss) before income taxes
Net sales by product
Cereal and granola
Egg and egg products
Cheese and dairy
Refrigerated potato
Pasta
Protein-based products and supplements
Nut butters and dried nut and fruit
Eliminations

Total

Additions to property and intangibles

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group

87

$ 1,851.5

$ 1,838.5

$ 1,365.9

2,116.2
713.2

432.5

112.4

—

$ 5,225.8

2,184.7
574.7

429.1

2,305.7
555.0

421.7

—
(0.2)
$ 5,026.8

—
(0.1)
$ 4,648.2

$

$

359.0

133.1

96.4

31.5

14.5

634.5

87.7

26.5

314.8

222.9
(91.8)
74.4

$

302.9

276.6

44.7

28.0

—

652.2

106.5

—

306.5

86.4

$

219.5

188.2
(13.8)
27.5

—

421.4

147.9

60.8

257.5

30.0

182.9
(30.1) $

92.5
(167.3)

$

$ 1,963.9
1,419.1
259.4
192.3
249.4
713.2
432.5
(4.0)
$ 5,225.8

$ 1,838.5
1,417.0
320.9
179.5
270.6
574.7
429.1
(3.5)
$ 5,026.8

$ 1,365.9
1,511.9
340.4
182.3
275.0
555.0
421.7
(4.0)
$ 4,648.2

$

$

65.5

76.3

$

39.2

58.3

20.7

60.5

Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Weetabix

Corporate

Total

Depreciation and amortization

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group

Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Weetabix

Total segment depreciation and amortization

Corporate and accelerated depreciation

Total

Assets, end of year

Post Consumer Brands

Michael Foods Group

Active Nutrition

Private Brands

Weetabix

Corporate

Total

$

$

$

$

3.9

11.1

13.6

20.0

190.4

118.8

147.5

25.3

20.1

7.7

319.4

3.7

$

$

4.4

12.4

—

7.2

121.5

111.7

141.2

25.0

18.9

—

296.8

6.0

7.2

5.1

—

27.0

120.5

77.9

142.3

26.9

18.2

—

265.3

7.5

$

323.1

$

302.8

$

272.8

2017

September 30,
2016

2015

$ 3,611.9

$ 3,558.2

$ 3,642.3

3,572.2

3,498.1

3,506.0

581.3

487.3

2,048.9

1,575.2

624.8

484.7

—

1,194.8

645.4

482.3

—

887.9

$ 11,876.8

$ 9,360.6

$ 9,163.9

88

NOTE 22 — SUMMARY QUARTERLY FINANCIAL INFORMATION (UNAUDITED)

Fiscal 2017

Net sales

Gross profit

Impairment of goodwill and other intangible assets

Net earnings (loss)

Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

Fiscal 2016

Net sales

Gross profit

Net earnings (loss)

Net earnings (loss) available to common shareholders

Basic earnings (loss) per share

Diluted earnings (loss) per share

NOTE 23 — SUBSEQUENT EVENTS

First
Quarter

Second
Quarter

Third
Quarter

Fourth
Quarter

$ 1,249.8

$ 1,255.4

$ 1,272.1

$ 1,448.5

379.2

364.1

393.7

437.1

—

97.6

94.2

1.36

1.22

$

$

—
(4.0)
(7.4)
(0.11) $
(0.11) $

—
(59.5)
(62.9)
(0.93) $
(0.93) $

26.5

14.2

10.9

0.16

0.16

$

$

$ 1,248.8

$ 1,271.1

$ 1,246.1

$ 1,260.8

362.5

409.3

398.2

25.5

10.5

0.16

0.15

$

$

4.9
1.5

0.02

0.02

$

$

$

$

3.3

—

— $

— $

377.4
(37.0)
(40.4)
(0.58)
(0.58)

On September 19, 2017, the Company announced that it had entered into a definitive agreement to acquire Bob Evans Farms, 
Inc. (“Bob Evans”), a producer of retail refrigerated potato, pasta and vegetable-based side dishes, pork sausage, and a variety of 
refrigerated and frozen convenience food items for $77.00 per share. Bob Evans also has a foodservice business which sells a 
range of products, including sausage, sausage gravy, breakfast sandwiches and side dishes. The acquisition is expected to close 
in Post’s second quarter of fiscal 2018.

ITEM 9. 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL 
DISCLOSURE 

Not applicable.

ITEM 9A.  CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Our  management,  with  the  Chief  Executive  Officer  (“CEO”)  and  Chief  Financial  Officer  (“CFO”)  of  the  Company,  has 
evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the 
Exchange Act) as of the end of the period covered by this report. Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that, as 
of  the  end  of  the  period  covered  by  this  report,  the  Company's  disclosure  controls  and  procedures  were  effective  to  provide 
reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives.

Management's Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting as such 
term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Our internal control over financial reporting is designed 
to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for 
external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles.

 In fiscal 2017, we completed the acquisition of Latimer Newco 2 Limited (“Latimer”) and all of Latimer’s direct and indirect 
subsidiaries at the time of acquisition, including Weetabix Limited (collectively the “Weetabix Group”). We have excluded the 
Weetabix Group, which was a purchase business combination, from our assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over 
financial reporting. Total assets excluding goodwill and intangible assets (which is included in control testing) for the Weetabix 
Group represent $596.0 million, or 5%, of consolidated assets. Total third party revenues for the Weetabix Group represent $140.5 
million, or 3%, of consolidated revenues. 

89

As of September 30, 2017, management conducted an assessment of the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over 
financial reporting based upon the criteria set forth by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission 
(COSO) in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013). Management’s assessment included an evaluation of the design of 
the Company’s internal control over financial reporting and testing of the operational effectiveness of its internal control over 
financial reporting. Based on management's assessment utilizing these criteria, our management concluded that, as of September 
30, 2017, our internal control over financial reporting was effective.

The  effectiveness  of  our  internal  control  over  financial  reporting  as  of  September  30,  2017  has  been  audited  by 

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP, an independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in its report, which appears herein.

Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We evaluated the changes in our internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the quarter ended September 
30, 2017 and concluded the following activity has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal 
control over financial reporting.

In connection with our fiscal 2017 acquisition of the Weetabix Group, management is in the process of analyzing, evaluating 
and, where necessary, implementing changes in controls and procedures. As a result, the process may result in additions or changes 
to the Company's internal control over financial reporting. The Weetabix Group is excluded from management's report on internal 
control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2017.

ITEM 9B.  OTHER INFORMATION

Not applicable. 

90

PART III 

ITEM 10.  DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE

The information regarding directors under the headings “Election of Directors – Information about the Current Directors and 
Nominees  for  Election  to  the  Board  of  Directors,”  “Corporate  Governance  –  Board  Meetings  and  Committees,”  “Corporate 
Governance – Nomination Process for Election of Directors,” and “Security Ownership of Certain Shareholders – Section 16(a) 
Beneficial Ownership Reporting Compliance” in the Company’s 2018 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby 
incorporated by reference. Information regarding Executive Officers of the Company is included under Item 1 of Part I. 

The Company has adopted a code of ethics, our “Code of Conduct for Officers and Employees,” applicable to all corporate 
officers and employees, which sets forth the Company’s expectations for the conduct of business by officers and employees. The 
directors have adopted, and are required to abide by, the Board of Directors Code of Ethics. Both documents are available on the 
Company’s website at www.postholdings.com. In the event the Company modifies either document or waivers of compliance are 
granted to officers or directors, the Company will post such modifications or waivers on its website or in a report on Form 8-K. 

ITEM 11.  EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

Information appearing under the headings “Compensation of Officers and Directors,” “Compensation Committee Interlocks 
and Insider Participation” and “Corporate Governance and Compensation Committee Report” in the Company’s 2018 Notice of 
Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 12.  SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND 

RELATED SHAREHOLDER MATTERS 

The discussion of the security ownership of certain beneficial owners and management appearing under the headings “Security 
Ownership of Certain Shareholders” and equity compensation plan information under the heading “Compensation of Officers and 
Directors – Equity Compensation Plan Information” in the Company’s 2018 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is 
hereby incorporated by reference.

ITEM 13.  CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE 

Information appearing under the headings “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” and “Corporate Governance – 
Director Independence and Role of the Independent Lead Director” of the Company’s 2018 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy 
Statement is hereby incorporated by reference.  

ITEM 14.  PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES

The information under the heading “Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” in the 

Company’s 2018 Notice of Annual Meeting and Proxy Statement is hereby incorporated by reference. 

ITEM 15.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES

Documents filed as a part of this report: 

1. Financial Statements. The following are filed as a part of this document under Item 8.

PART IV 

•

•

•

•

•

•

•

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Balance Sheets at September 30, 2017 and 2016

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity for the years ended September 30, 2017, 2016 and 2015

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

2. Financial Statement Schedules. None. Schedules not included have been omitted because they are not applicable or the

required information is shown in the financial statements or notes thereto.

3. Exhibits. See the Exhibit Index that appears at the end of this document and which is incorporated herein.

91

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, Post Holdings, Inc. 

has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

SIGNATURES 

POST HOLDINGS, INC.

By: /s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer

November 17, 2017

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints 
Jeff A. Zadoks and Diedre J. Gray, and each of them, his or her true and lawful attorney-in-fact and agent, with full power of 
substitution and resolution, for him or her and in his or her name, place, and stead, in any and all capacities, to sign any and all 
amendments to this report, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto, and other documents in connection therewith, with the 
Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents full power and authority to do and perform 
each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in and about the premises, as fully and to all intents and purposes 
as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents or their substitute 
or substitutes may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this report has been signed below by the 

following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.  

Signature

Title

Date

/s/ Robert V. Vitale
Robert V. Vitale

/s/ Jeff A. Zadoks
Jeff A. Zadoks

/s/ William P. Stiritz
William P. Stiritz

/s/ Jay W. Brown
Jay W. Brown

/s/ Edwin H. Callison
Edwin H. Callison

/s/ Gregory L. Curl
Gregory L. Curl

/s/ Robert E. Grote
Robert E. Grote

/s/ Ellen F. Harshman
Ellen F. Harshman

/s/ David W. Kemper
David W. Kemper

/s/ David P. Skarie
David P. Skarie

Director, President and Chief Executive Officer
(principal executive officer)

November 17, 2017

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(principal financial and accounting officer)

November 17, 2017

Chairman of the Board

November 17, 2017

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

Director

92

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

November 17, 2017

Corporate and Shareholder Information

Executive Officers 

Notice of Annual Meeting

Corporate Headquarters

Robert V. Vitale
President and Chief Executive Officer

Jeff A. Zadoks
Executive VP and Chief Financial Officer

Diedre J. Gray
Executive VP, General Counsel and 
Chief Administrative Officer, Secretary

James E. Dwyer, Jr. 
President and CEO,  
Michael Foods Group

Christopher J. Neugent
President and CEO,  
Post Consumer Brands

Board of Directors

Jay W. Brown 
Edwin H. Callison
Gregory L. Curl
Ellen F. Harshman
Robert E. Grote
David W. Kemper
David P. Skarie
William P. Stiritz, Chairman
Robert V. Vitale

The 2018 Annual Meeting of Shareholders will be 
held at The Ritz-Carlton, 100 Carondelet Plaza,  
St. Louis, Missouri 63105 at 9:00 a.m. Central Time, 
Thursday, January 25, 2018.

Transfer Agent and Registrar:
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  
www.computershare.com 

Shareholder Telephone Calls:
Operators are available Monday-Friday, 8:30 a.m. to 
5:00 p.m. Central Time. An interactive automated 
system is available around the clock daily.  
Inside the U.S.: 
Outside the U.S.:  312-360-5193

877-498-8861  

Mailing Address:
For questions regarding stock transfer, change of 
address or lost certificates by regular mail: 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  
P.O. Box 43036 
Providence, RI 02940-3036

To deliver stock certificates in person or  
by courier: 
Computershare Trust Company, N.A.  
250 Royall Street 
Canton, MA 02021

Independent registered public accounting firm: 
PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

Post Holdings, Inc. 
2503 South Hanley Road 
Saint Louis, MO 63144 
314-644-7600 
www.postholdings.com

Additional Information

You can access financial and other information 
about Post Holdings, Inc. at www.postholdings.com, 
including press releases and proxy materials; Forms 
10-K, 10-Q and 8-K as filed with the Securities and 
Exchange Commission; and information on Corporate 
Governance such as the Board of Directors Code of 
Ethics, Code of Conduct for Officers and Employees, 
and charters of Board committees. You can also 
request that any of these materials be mailed to you 
at no charge by calling or writing:

Post Holdings, Inc. 
Attn:  Shareholder Services 
2503 South Hanley Road 
Saint Louis, Missouri 63144 
Telephone:  314-644-7600 

(1)   Certain financial measures presented herein are non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, Adjusted net earnings available to common shareholders and Adjusted diluted net earnings per 

common share. Non-GAAP measures are not prepared in accordance with GAAP, as they exclude certain items, and may not be comparable to similarly titled measures of other companies. Management 
uses certain non-GAAP measures, including Adjusted EBITDA, as key metrics in the evaluation of underlying Company and segment performance, in making financial, operating and planning decisions, 
and, in part, in the determination of cash bonuses for its executive officers and employees. Management believes the use of non-GAAP measures provides increased transparency and assists investors in 
understanding the underlying operating performance of the Company and its segments and in the analysis of ongoing operating trends. The Company believes Adjusted net earnings available to common 
shareholders and Adjusted diluted net earnings per common share are useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s operating performance because they exclude items that affect the comparability 
of the Company’s financial results and could potentially distort an understanding of the trends in business performance. Adjusted net earnings available to common shareholders and Adjusted diluted 
net earnings per common share are adjusted for the following items: non-cash mark-to-market adjustments on interest rate and cross-currency swaps; premium on debt extinguishment; impairment 
of goodwill and other intangible assets; transaction costs; integration costs; provision for legal settlement; net foreign currency gains and losses for purchase price of acquisition; restructuring and 
plant closure costs, including accelerated depreciation; assets held for sale; inventory valuation adjustments on acquired businesses; mark-to-market adjustments on commodity and foreign currency 
hedges; gain on sale of business and/or plant; foreign currency gains and losses on intercompany loans; gain from insurance and indemnification proceeds; purchase price adjustment on acquisition; 
gain on change in fair value of acquisition earn-out; spin-off costs/post spin-off costs; losses on hedge of purchase price of foreign currency denominated acquisitions; tax and preferred stock. The 
Company believes that Adjusted EBITDA is useful to investors in evaluating the Company’s operating performance and liquidity because (i) we believe it is widely used to measure a company’s operating 
performance without regard to items such as depreciation and amortization, which can vary depending upon accounting methods and the book value of assets, (ii) it presents a measure of corporate 
performance exclusive of the Company’s capital structure and the method by which the assets were acquired, and (iii) it is a financial indicator of a company’s ability to service its debt, as the Company 
is required to comply with certain covenants and limitations that are based on variations of EBITDA in the Company’s financing documents. Adjusted EBITDA reflects adjustments for interest expense, 
net, income tax expense (benefit), depreciation and amortization, and for the following items: non-cash mark-to-market adjustments on interest rate and cross-currency swaps; impairment of goodwill 
and other intangible assets; transaction costs; integration costs; provision for legal settlement; restructuring and plant closure costs, including accelerated depreciation; assets held for sale; inventory 
valuation adjustments on acquired businesses; mark-to-market adjustments on commodity and foreign currency hedges; gain on sale of business and/or plant; foreign currency gains and losses on 
intercompany loans; gain from insurance and indemnification proceeds; purchase price adjustment on acquisition; gain on change in fair value of acquisition earn-out; spin-off costs/post spin-off costs; 
losses on hedge of purchase price of foreign currency denominated acquisitions; loss on extinguishment of debt, net; non-cash stock-based compensation; noncontrolling interest adjustment and equity 
method investment adjustment. For a reconciliation of non-GAAP measures to the most directly comparable GAAP measure, see our press releases posted on our website.

(2) Nielsen xAOC, 52 weeks ended September 30, 2017. 

 
 
 
 
 
 
2503 South Hanley Road   St. Louis, MO 63144  

www.postholdings.com